summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/65593-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/65593-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/65593-0.txt8097
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8097 deletions
diff --git a/old/65593-0.txt b/old/65593-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c0609ab..0000000
--- a/old/65593-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8097 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook, A History of Kansas, by Anna E. (Anna
-Estelle) Arnold
-
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-
-
-
-Title: A History of Kansas
-
-
-Author: Anna E. (Anna Estelle) Arnold
-
-
-
-Release Date: June 11, 2021 [eBook #65593]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-
-***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HISTORY OF KANSAS***
-
-
-E-text prepared by MFR, Carol Brown, and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made
-available by Internet Archive (https://archive.org)
-
-
-
-Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
- file which includes the original illustrations.
- See 65593-h.htm or 65593-h.zip:
- (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/65593/65593-h/65593-h.htm)
- or
- (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/65593/65593-h.zip)
-
-
- Images of the original pages are available through
- Internet Archive. See
- https://archive.org/details/historyofkansas01arno
-
-
-Transcriber’s note:
-
- Text in italics is surrounded by underscores, _like this_.
-
- Text in bold face is surrounded by equal signs, =like this.=
-
-
-
-
-
- [Illustration: MEMORIAL HALL]
-
-
-A HISTORY OF KANSAS
-
-by
-
-ANNA E. ARNOLD
-
-Author of Civics and Citizenship
-
-
- [Illustration: Seal of the State of Kansas]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Published by
-the State Of Kansas
-Imri Zumwalt, State Printer
-Topeka, 1919
-7-6552
-
-Copyright 1914, Anna E. Arnold
-
-Copyright 1919 (Revised), Anna E. Arnold
-All Rights Reserved
-
-
- [Illustration: Printer’s Logo]
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE
-
-
-No State has a history better calculated to inspire patriotism in its
-people than has Kansas. In this fact lies the greatest reason for
-teaching Kansas History in the schools. A knowledge of the
-difficulties that have been met and conquered in building the State
-will create in the minds of the boys and girls a greater respect for
-the sturdy qualities of the pioneers; it will give them a wholesome
-sense of the great cost at which the ease and comfort of to-day have
-been purchased; it will stimulate in them a desire to live up to the
-past.
-
-If the study of Kansas History is to accomplish these results, the
-subject must be presented in such a way as to arouse the interest of
-the pupils. They must feel its reality. They must catch its spirit.
-
-With the hope of fulfilling in some measure these requirements, this
-book has been prepared with the following aims constantly in mind: to
-make it, as nearly as possible, a narrative; to select from the wealth
-of material at hand such subject matter as is within the comprehension
-of children, eliminating such matter as can be fully understood and
-appreciated only by mature minds; to present the general movement of
-the State’s progress rather than a mass of unrelated facts. Only so
-much detail has been used as is necessary to a clear understanding of
-events. The purpose has not been to chronicle a multitude of events,
-but rather to show forth what manner of men and women were the
-builders of our State, what motives actuated them, what conditions
-surrounded them, how they lived, and what they accomplished.
-
-An effort has been made to give the pupils a general view of the
-State’s history as a whole, to give them a framework on which to build
-their later knowledge, and to leave them with a desire to learn more
-of Kansas history.
-
- ANNA E. ARNOLD.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
-CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I. THE BEGINNING OF KANSAS HISTORY 9
-
- II. KANSAS BECOMES A PART OF THE UNITED STATES 16
-
- III. EXPLORATION OF THE KANSAS COUNTRY BY THE UNITED STATES 20
-
- IV. KANSAS AS A PATHWAY 29
-
- V. KANSAS AS AN INDIAN COUNTRY 45
-
- VI. KANSAS ORGANIZED AS A TERRITORY 55
-
- VII. THE COMING OF THE SETTLERS 62
-
- VIII. THE FIRST TERRITORIAL GOVERNMENT 72
-
- IX. RIVAL GOVERNMENTS IN KANSAS 78
-
- X. THE PERIOD OF VIOLENCE 83
-
- XI. THE PERIOD OF POLITICAL CONTESTS 94
-
- XII. PIONEER LIFE 102
-
- XIII. KANSAS IN THE CIVIL WAR 109
-
- XIV. THE PERIOD SINCE THE CIVIL WAR 115
-
- XV. THE INDUSTRIES OF KANSAS 142
-
- XVI. TRANSPORTATION IN KANSAS 174
-
- XVII. EDUCATION IN KANSAS 187
-
-XVIII. KANSAS MEMORIALS 207
-
- XIX. THE KANSAS SPIRIT 217
-
- APPENDIX 223
-
-
-
-
- QUIVERA――KANSAS
-
- In that half-forgotten era,
- With the avarice of old,
- Seeking cities he was told
- Had been paved with yellow gold,
- In the kingdom of Quivera――
-
- Came the restless Coronado
- To the open Kansas plain,
- With his knights from sunny Spain;
- In an effort that, though vain,
- Thrilled with boldness and bravado.
-
- League by league, in aimless marching,
- Knowing scarcely where or why,
- Crossed they uplands drear and dry,
- That an unprotected sky
- Had for centuries been parching.
-
- But their expectations, eager,
- Found, instead of fruitful lands,
- Shallow streams and shifting sands,
- Where the buffalo in bands
- Roamed o’er deserts dry and meager.
-
- Back to scenes more trite, yet tragic,
- Marched the knights with armor’d steeds
- Not for them the quiet deeds;
- Not for them to sow the seeds
- From which empires grow like magic.
-
- Thus Quivera was forsaken;
- And the world forgot the place
- Through the lapse of time and space.
- Then the blue-eyed Saxon race
- Came and bade the desert waken.
-
- ――EUGENE WARE.
-
-
-
-
-A HISTORY OF KANSAS
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-THE BEGINNING OF KANSAS HISTORY
-
-
-=Introduction.= More than four centuries have passed since Columbus
-discovered America. During that time the hunting ground of three
-hundred thousand Indians has become the United States with its more
-than one hundred million civilized people. In the center of this great
-nation, which occupies nearly half the area of the continent, lies
-Kansas, a rectangle four hundred miles long and two hundred miles
-wide.
-
-Kansas is a part of the great plain that slopes gradually from the
-foothills of the Rocky Mountains to the Mississippi River. Its
-surface, cut by many eastward-flowing streams, lies level in the west
-but in the east curves into countless hills and valleys.
-
-On these broad prairies to-day are thousands of cattle, and great
-fields of corn, wheat, and alfalfa. Towns and cities are scattered
-over the State, and the country between is dotted with the homes of
-farmers. There are mines, factories, churches, schools, and colleges.
-Uniting all are miles and miles of railroad. Kansas is now the home of
-more than a million seven hundred thousand of busy, prosperous people.
-But it was not always so; these prairies were once used only by the
-Indian and the buffalo. If we are to understand how this change has
-come about we must begin with the coming of the first white men to
-America.
-
-=The First White Men in Kansas.= At that time Spain was the most
-powerful nation of Europe, and since she had furnished the funds for
-the voyage of Columbus she claimed the first right to America and
-became the pioneer in the exploration of the New World. The Spaniards
-first explored the Gulf of Mexico and Florida, discovered the Pacific
-Ocean and the Mississippi River, and were the first to sail around the
-world. In 1519 Cortez, a Spaniard, landed on the present site of Vera
-Cruz and marched into the heart of Mexico, the home of the Aztec
-Indians. He made himself master of that great region and called it New
-Spain. All of these expeditions were too far south to reach what is
-now Kansas, but only a few more years were to pass before this far-off
-country was to be explored by the adventurous Spaniards, the first
-white men to set foot on Kansas soil.
-
-=Cabeza de Vaca.= In 1528 Narvaez, a Spaniard, led an exploring
-expedition westward from Florida along the Gulf of Mexico. Through
-various misfortunes and hardships nearly all of the party perished.
-One of the commanders, Cabeza de Vaca, and three of his men were taken
-prisoners by the Indians. After being held in captivity nearly six
-years they succeeded in making their escape. They fled westward, and
-after an adventurous journey of nearly two years reached a Spanish
-settlement near the western coast of New Spain. The exact route
-followed by Cabeza de Vaca and his companions can never be known, but
-his accounts of their wanderings were largely the cause of the
-expedition of Coronado, who was the first white man known with
-certainty to have traveled across what is now Kansas.
-
-=Purpose of the Spaniards.= The chief purpose of all the Spanish
-explorers was to search for wealth. Cortez is said to have made this
-remark to the Indians: “We Spaniards are troubled with a disease of
-the heart for which we find gold, and gold only, a specific remedy.”
-The hope of finding gold and precious stones lying about like pebbles
-lured many Spaniards into enterprises filled with terrible hardships.
-Reports of great cities of untold wealth to the northward, the “Seven
-Cities of Cibola,” as they were called, had reached New Spain at
-various times, and when Cabeza de Vaca told similar tales that he had
-heard from the Indians it stirred the Spaniards to explore the region.
-
-=Coronado.= Great preparation was made for an expedition. An army of
-three hundred Spaniards and eight hundred friendly Indians was
-gathered and placed under the command of Coronado. This was a large
-army for those times and the burden of furnishing it with arms and
-supplies fell heavily on New Spain. But so hopeful were the people of
-the success of the expedition that no sacrifice seemed too great. In
-the spring of 1540 the long march into unexplored country began.
-
-=The Search for Quivira.= After months of travel in a northerly and
-then in a northeasterly direction, Coronado and his army reached the
-province of Cibola, which was probably in the western part of what is
-now New Mexico, and the “Seven Cities” proved to be ordinary adobe
-Indian villages. They took possession of the Indian supplies and spent
-the winter in the villages. The Indians, anxious to get rid of their
-unwelcome visitors, persuaded a Quivira Indian, whom they held as a
-prisoner, to tell the Spaniards tales of the wonderful land of Quivira
-in order to lead them off into the wilderness where they would die
-from lack of food and water. Coronado and his men listened to this
-Indian, whom they called “Turk,” and followed him as a guide for many
-days. He led them steadily toward the east, and after a time they
-became convinced that they were being deceived and made him confess
-that Quivira was far to the northward. They had been only too willing
-to listen to Turk’s stories, but when they learned that he had misled
-them they put him to death. Supplies were now low and Coronado sent
-back the main body of the army, which was composed of footmen, and
-with thirty horsemen started northward.
-
- [Illustration: THE JOURNEYS OF CABEZA DE VACA AND CORONADO.]
-
-=Coronado in Kansas.= It must be remembered that the whole country was
-a vast wilderness without names or boundary lines, and we can describe
-the journey of the Spaniards only by using names and boundary lines
-that have come into existence long since that time. As nearly as can
-be learned, Coronado and his men entered Kansas about where Clark
-County now is, and went on northward, crossing the Arkansas River at
-or near the site of Dodge City. From this point they followed the
-river to Great Bend, and then continued in a northeasterly direction
-to the vicinity of Junction City. At the end of their journey they set
-up a cross bearing the inscription: “Francisco Vasqueth de Coronado,
-commander of an expedition, arrived at this place.”
-
- [Illustration: “FRANCISCO VASQUETH DE CORONADO, COMMANDER OF
- AN EXPEDITION, ARRIVED AT THIS PLACE.”]
-
-=Quivira Found.= After all this weary journey they had reached Quivira
-and found it to be merely the home of a tribe of Indians, the
-Quiviras, later known as the Pawnees. Coronado wrote in a letter to
-the King of Spain:
-
- “The country itself is the best I have ever seen for
- producing all of the fruits of Spain, for, besides the land
- itself being very fat and black, and being very well watered
- by rivulets, springs, and rivers, I found prunes like those
- in Spain and nuts and very good sweet grapes and mulberries.
- I remained twenty-five days in this province of Quivira,
- both to see and explore the country, and to find out whether
- there was anything beyond which could be of service to your
- Majesty, because the guides who had brought me had given me
- an account of other provinces beyond this. And what I am
- sure of is that there is not any gold or any other metal in
- all that country, and the other things of which they told me
- are nothing but little villages, and in many of these they
- do not plant anything, and do not have any houses, except of
- skins and sticks, and they wander around with the cows. So
- that the account they gave me was false, because they wanted
- to get me to go there with the whole force, believing that
- as the way was through such uninhabitable deserts, and from
- lack of water they would get us where our horses and we
- would die of thirst. And the guides confessed this, and they
- said they did it by the advice of the natives of these
- provinces.”[1]
-
-=Coronado’s Return to New Spain.= Empty-handed, Coronado and his
-little band of Spanish knights turned toward New Spain and carried to
-their waiting countrymen the disappointing story of their two years’
-expedition. With this event fifty years had passed since the discovery
-of America, and for the next two and a half centuries little attention
-was paid to the Kansas country.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The history of Kansas begins with the first exploration of
- this country by white men nearly four hundred years ago.
- Spain was the first nation to explore the New World. The
- chief purpose of the Spaniards was to find gold. They had
- heard from the Indians of rich cities to the northward, and
- when Cabeza de Vaca told them similar tales the people of
- New Spain decided to explore the country. They sent Coronado
- with a large army on a journey of exploration lasting two
- years. He failed to find gold, but his expedition is of
- interest because he was the first white man known to have
- traversed what is now Kansas.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 1-23.
- Foster, A History of the United States, p. 29.
- Spring, Kansas, pp. 17-19.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 44-45.
- Bourne, Spain in America (vol. III, of The American Nation, a
- History).
- Blackmar, Kansas, Selected Topics.
- Historical Collections, vol. VII, pp. 20, 40, 268, 573; vol. VIII,
- p. 152; vol. X, p. 68; vol. XII, p. 219.
- Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. How long has it been since Columbus discovered America?
-
- 2. Compare the population at that time with the present
- population of the United States.
-
- 3. In what part of the United States is Kansas?
-
- 4. Describe briefly the western part of the Mississippi valley.
- Describe the surface of Kansas.
-
- 5. What relation has Spain to the history of Kansas? Why did
- Spain claim the first right to America? Name some of the early
- discoveries of the Spaniards.
-
- 6. Where was New Spain?
-
- 7. What influenced the Spaniards in their ventures in the New
- World?
-
- 8. Who was Cabeza de Vaca? Of what importance is the account of
- his adventures?
-
- 9. Tell the story of Coronado. What is his relation to Kansas
- history?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-KANSAS BECOMES A PART OF THE UNITED STATES
-
-
-=The French.= While the Spaniards were searching for wealth in the
-southern part of North America the French were trading with the
-Indians in the northern part along the St. Lawrence River and around
-the Great Lakes. Among the French were many Catholic priests, called
-Jesuits, who came to carry their religious faith to the Indians. In
-1673, one of these Jesuits, Father Marquette, accompanied a trader
-named Joliet on an expedition to explore the Mississippi River. They
-launched their canoes on the great river and floated downstream for
-hundreds of miles, between shores that in some places were thickly
-wooded, and in others were grassy plains. They went as far south as
-the mouth of the Arkansas River, and then turned and began the long,
-hard task of paddling back.
-
-=La Salle and Louisiana, 1682.= Among those who heard of the journey
-of Marquette and Joliet was a young Frenchman, La Salle. He planned to
-explore the whole Mississippi basin and to take possession of it in
-the name of the King of France. In 1682, with a few companions, he
-floated down the Mississippi to its mouth. Here, with much ceremony,
-they planted a cross, buried a leaden plate inscribed with the arms of
-France, and declared that all the land drained by the Mississippi
-River and its tributaries should belong to France, and should be named
-Louisiana in honor of the French King, Louis XIV. Thus in 1682, nearly
-two centuries after the discovery of America, Kansas came into the
-possession of the French.
-
-=The End of Spanish and French Explorations.= The French soon planted
-a few colonies and forts along the Mississippi River and sent out
-explorers, some of whom may have entered the present bounds of Kansas.
-This roused the Spaniards in Mexico, who wished to hold the territory
-for Spain, and they also sent expeditions. The armies of both nations
-suffered severely at the hands of the Indians and the exploration of
-the Kansas country was given up by both Spain and France, and for
-nearly a century more it lay almost forgotten. The next exploration of
-this territory was by people of another nation.
-
-=The English.= While the Spaniards were busy in the South and the
-French in the North, another people, the English, began to make
-explorations in the new continent. They did not come to hunt for gold,
-nor to trade with the Indians, but to found homes. They settled along
-the Atlantic coast between the French in Canada and the Spaniards in
-Florida, and claimed the country westward to the Pacific Ocean.
-
-=Conflict of French and English Claims.= As time went on and the
-settlements increased in number, the claims of the French and the
-English conflicted and caused much strife between the colonies of the
-two countries. The question of the ownership of the land was not
-settled until the close of the French and Indian War in 1763. As a
-result of this war France gave up all her claims in America,
-practically everything east of the Mississippi to England, and that
-west of it to Spain. In 1800 Spain ceded her portion of America back
-to France.
-
-=The Louisiana Purchase, 1803.= In the meantime the English colonies
-had fought the Revolutionary War and become an independent nation. In
-1803, when Thomas Jefferson was President, the United States bought
-from France her tract of country lying west of the Mississippi River.
-This was known as the Louisiana Purchase, and the date is one to be
-remembered, for it marks the end of French claims in America, and it
-marks the time when what is now Kansas became a part of the United
-States.[2]
-
-=One Century More.= More than three centuries of American history had
-passed and the country west of the Mississippi River remained
-unsettled and practically unknown. The Spaniard and the Frenchman had
-come and gone, but the Indian still hunted the buffalo on the
-prairies. The white man had not yet made his home in the Kansas
-country.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- Spain explored in the South in search of wealth, France in
- the North to trade in furs with the Indians, and England
- along the coast between these two to establish homes. Spain
- claimed the Kansas country because of the exploration by
- Coronado, France through the claims of Marquette and La
- Salle, and England through the ocean-to-ocean claim. None of
- the nations succeeded in accomplishing anything here, and
- the Kansas country was left alone for nearly a century after
- it came into the possession of France. At the close of the
- French and Indian War the country west of the Mississippi
- was ceded to Spain. Later it came again into the hands of
- France, and was purchased by the United States in 1803.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Elson, History of the United States, pp. 161, 384.
- Fiske, Discovery of America, vol. II, chap. XII.
- Foster, A History of the United States.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 24-40.
- Parkman, La Salle and the Great West.
- Spring, Kansas, pp. 19-20.
- Historical Collections, vol. IX, p. 250; vol. X, p. 336.
- Wilder, Annals of Kansas, pp. 15-18.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. Who were the Jesuits? What can you say of Marquette? Joliet?
- La Salle?
-
- 2. Contrast the motives of the French and Spanish in coming to
- America.
-
- 3. Why did the English come to the New World?
-
- 4. What territory was claimed by the French? By the Spanish? By
- the English?
-
- 5. To what nations did what is now Kansas successively belong?
- How and when did it first become a part of the United States?
- How long was this after the discovery of America?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-EXPLORATION OF THE KANSAS COUNTRY BY THE UNITED STATES
-
-
-=President Jefferson Sent Explorers.= When the United States bought
-Louisiana the country from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean
-was a vast unknown area. President Jefferson was eager to learn
-something about the great West, and sent out several exploring
-parties.
-
-=Lewis and Clark.= The first expedition, sent in 1804, the year
-following the purchase of Louisiana, was in charge of Meriwether Lewis
-and William Clark. They were instructed to move up the Missouri River
-and on to the Pacific Ocean. After a difficult journey lasting two and
-a half years the party returned to St. Louis and brought to the people
-of the United States much important information concerning the West.
-It is the part of their journey along the border of what is now Kansas
-in which we are most interested.
-
-=The Journey.= With about forty-five men and three boats Lewis and
-Clark started up the Missouri River in the spring of 1804. Two
-horsemen rode along the bank to hunt and bring in game, which was to
-go far toward supplying provisions for the expedition. After a five
-weeks’ journey they reached the mouth of the Kansas River, and
-encamped that night on the present site of Kansas City, Kansas. From
-there they continued up the Missouri River where it forms the present
-boundary line of Kansas, along the border of what has since become
-Leavenworth, Atchison, and Doniphan counties. Their account of the
-journey describes the country through which they passed and the
-different Indian tribes and villages they saw. It speaks of an Indian
-tribe as “hunting on the plains for buffalo which our hunters have
-seen for the first time.” Again we read, “Pecan trees were this day
-seen, and large quantities of deer and wild turkey.” By July 4 they
-had reached a point not far from the present city of Atchison. They
-did not have the means for much of a celebration, but their observance
-of the day included the firing of “an evening gun” and the naming of
-two streams, Fourth of July Creek, and Independence Creek.
-Independence Creek still retains its name. A week later they passed
-the fortieth parallel, which afterward became the northern boundary of
-Kansas, and continued on their way to the Pacific.
-
-=Pike’s Expedition.= In 1806 another exploring party was sent out in
-command of Zebulon Montgomery Pike, a young lieutenant in the army. He
-was instructed to ascend the Missouri River, visit the various Indian
-tribes in the Kansas country, go west until the frontier of New Mexico
-was reached, then south toward the source of the Red River which he
-was to descend to the Mississippi, and thence to St. Louis, the
-starting point. The journey did not, however, follow just this route.
-
-=Pike Visits the Osage Indians.= The Osage Indians lived in the
-eastern part of Kansas, south of the Kansas River. At their villages
-Pike purchased supplies for the overland journey. From there he went
-west and then northwest toward the Pawnee village which is believed to
-have been within the bounds of what is now Republic County.
-
-=Pike Among the Pawnees.= About the time he crossed the Solomon River
-he came upon the trail of Spanish troops. It seems that the
-authorities in Mexico had in some way heard of the Pike expedition and
-had sent an army of five hundred men to intercept him. These forces
-missed each other, but when Pike reached the village of the Pawnee
-Indians he found them in possession of many blankets, bridles,
-saddles, and other things which they had received from the Spaniards.
-After having been visited with much ceremony by the mounted and lordly
-army from Mexico, the Indians were not inclined to be courteous to
-Pike and his score of dusty, bedraggled footmen. After much
-unpleasantness and delay a council attended by four hundred warriors
-was held. In his opening address Pike spoke, among other things, of
-the numerous Spanish flags in the village. Pointing to one which
-floated above the tent of the head chief, he demanded that it be
-lowered and that an American flag be put in its place. Several Indians
-made speeches without mentioning the flag. Pike again told them they
-must choose between the Spanish and the American governments. The
-Americans awaited the answer in anxious suspense. Finally an old chief
-arose. He slowly hauled down the Spanish flag, laid it at Pike’s feet,
-and received the American flag in return. This he unfurled above the
-chiefs tent, and for the first time, so far as is known, the Stars and
-Stripes floated over Kansas.
-
-=Pike in Colorado.= From this place Pike and his men moved southwest
-to the Arkansas River, where the party divided, some of them going
-down the river and on home. Pike and his remaining men, instead of
-searching for the Red River according to instructions, followed the
-Arkansas River into what is now Colorado. They pushed westward, and
-after many days of travel sighted a mountain, which appeared at first
-like a small blue cloud but which proved to be a great bald peak of
-the Rocky Mountains. This peak has since been named Pike’s Peak in
-honor of the explorer. By this time it was winter and their supplies
-were low. Pike and his men suffered terribly from cold and hunger
-while wandering among the mountains. Hoping to better their condition
-they moved toward the southwest, only to find themselves taken
-prisoners in Spanish territory. Later, however, they were escorted
-across Texas to the American frontier in Louisiana and released.
-
- [Illustration: THE EXPEDITION OF PIKE, AND THE LOCATION OF THE
- ORIGINAL INDIAN TRIBES.
- There were no clearly defined boundaries between the tribes.]
-
-=The Return of Pike.= A whole year had passed before they found
-themselves again in St. Louis, a year of hardship for them, but well
-worth while, nevertheless, for Pike brought back a great deal of
-valuable information. That he was a better soldier than farmer may be
-seen from this passage taken from his journal:
-
- “From these immense prairies may rise one great advantage to
- the United States, viz., the restriction of our population
- to certain limits, and thereby a continuation of the union.
- Our citizens, being so prone to rambling and extending
- themselves on the frontiers, will, through necessity, be
- constrained to limit their extent on the west to the borders
- of the Missouri and the Mississippi, while they leave the
- prairies, incapable of cultivation, to the wandering
- aborigines of the country.”[3]
-
-=The Great American Desert.= Another explorer, Major Long, who came in
-1819 and 1820, likewise expressed the idea that most of the country
-was unfit for cultivation, and therefore uninhabitable by an
-agricultural people. He even went so far as to say the country bore a
-“resemblance to the deserts of Siberia.” Washington Irving, the great
-writer, said of this region: “It could be well named, the Great
-American Desert. It spreads forth into undulating and treeless plains
-and desolate sandy wastes, wearisome to the eye from their extent and
-monotony. It is a land where no man permanently abides, for at certain
-seasons of the year there is no food for the hunter or his steed.”
-
- [Illustration: AN INDIAN VILLAGE.
- The tribes that lived in permanent homes built lodges
- consisting of an embankment of earth topped with a row of
- poles brought together at the center and thatched with bark
- and grass.]
-
-The views of these men largely molded public opinion concerning the
-West. The country out of which has been carved such prosperous
-agricultural states as Oklahoma, Kansas, and Nebraska was, a hundred
-years ago, known as the “Great American Desert,” and was so named on
-the maps of that time.
-
- [Illustration: INTERIOR OF AN INDIAN LODGE.]
-
-=Indian Tribes in Kansas.= The western prairies had for untold ages
-been occupied by Indians. At the time of Pike’s expedition there were
-four tribes living within the present bounds of Kansas. These were the
-Kanza, the Osage, the Pawnee, and the Comanche tribes. The Kanza, or
-Kaw, Indians lived in the northeastern part of the State and were the
-ones seen by Lewis and Clark in their expedition up the Missouri
-River. It is from this tribe that Kansas probably received its name.
-The Osage Indians were located in the eastern part, south of the
-Kansas River. The Pawnee tribe lived north and west of the Kanza
-Indians. It was in the Osage village that Pike secured supplies for
-his journey, and in the Pawnee village that he caused the Spanish flag
-to be lowered. The Pawnees were once called the Quiviras. The first of
-their tribe that we know anything about was “Turk,” who led Coronado
-into the wilderness. These three tribes lived in permanent homes and
-had their tribal villages, but the fourth tribe were wanderers. They
-were the Comanches, sometimes called the Padoucas, and they roved over
-the western part of Kansas and adjacent territory, hunting buffaloes
-and following the herds as they grazed from place to place. They were
-fine horsemen, and brave, but very fierce and warlike.
-
-=The Kansas of a Century Ago.= This was the Kansas of a century ago.
-At that time it had received neither name nor boundaries. For the
-first fifty years that this region was a part of the United States,
-that is, from the purchase of Louisiana until Kansas was organized as
-a territory in 1854, the country was little used by the white people
-except as a pathway to the West.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- President Jefferson, wishing to learn something of the unknown
- western country, sent out two exploring expeditions. The first,
- in 1804, was in charge of Lewis and Clark, who were to follow the
- Missouri River and to go on across the mountains until they
- reached the Pacific coast. They passed along the northeast border
- of Kansas. The next exploring party was in command of Pike. His
- route was somewhat in the form of a circle. Beginning at St.
- Louis it was to pass through Kansas, then south, then east, and
- up the Mississippi to St. Louis. He visited the Osage Indians in
- eastern Kansas, the Pawnee Indians in northern Kansas where he
- raised the American flag, and then marched into Colorado where he
- discovered Pike’s Peak. From Colorado he went into what is now
- New Mexico, where he was taken prisoner by the Spaniards. They
- took him nearly to the Mississippi River and released him. On his
- return he reported this country as unfit for settlement, and his
- opinion was shared by later explorers. At the time of Pike’s
- expedition there were four tribes of Indians in Kansas, the
- Osages, the Kanzas, the Pawnees, and the Comanches.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 31-41.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 49-53.
- Coues, Expedition of Zebulon Montgomery Pike.
- Blackmar, Kansas, vol. II.
- Historical Collections, vol. IX, p. 574; vol. VII, pp. 261-317;
- vol. VI, p. 325; vol. X, pp. 15-159.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What was known of the Louisiana Purchase at the time it was
- acquired by the United States?
-
- 2. Who were Lewis and Clark? Give an account of their expedition
- as it related to Kansas.
-
- 3. What route was Pike instructed to take?
-
- 4. Describe Pike’s visit to the Osages. His visit to the Pawnees.
- By what other name do we know the Pawnees?
-
- 5. Give an account of the remainder of Pike’s journey.
-
- 6. What was Pike’s opinion of the Kansas country? Long’s opinion?
- Washington Irving’s opinion?
-
- 7. How much of Kansas did the Louisiana Purchase include?
-
- 8. What Indian tribes lived within the present bounds of Kansas?
- Locate and tell something of each.
-
- 9. When was Kansas Territory organized? How long was this after
- the Louisiana purchase?
-
- 10. What use did the white people make of Kansas during this
- period?
-
-
-
-
- [Illustration: THE SANTA FE AND OREGON TRAILS, AND EARLY LINES OF
- RAILROAD, THROUGH KANSAS.]
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-KANSAS AS A PATHWAY
-
-
-=Mexico a Century Ago.= Nearly three centuries passed from the time
-Cortez led the Spaniards into Mexico until Kansas became a part of the
-United States. During those years Spanish settlements had increased in
-number until at the time of Pike’s expedition Mexico included most of
-what is now California, Nevada, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, and
-Colorado.
-
-=Old Santa Fe.= Santa Fe, said to be the second oldest city in the
-United States, was the most important point on the northern frontier
-of Mexico. In those days it was not like the busy American Santa Fe of
-to-day. It had about two thousand inhabitants, practically all
-Spaniards, and they lived in little adobe houses arranged around a
-public square after the manner of Spanish cities.
-
-=Origin of the Santa Fe Trail.= The “Great American Desert” lay
-between Santa Fe and the settlements of the western border of the
-United States. But Captain Pike’s interesting descriptions of the
-wealth and resources of the Spanish country stirred up enthusiasm, and
-Americans began to make their way across the plains to trade with the
-Spaniards. Santa Fe soon became an important trading point for all of
-northeastern Mexico. The traders, on their journeys to the Spanish
-city, wore a pathway that crossed the length of Kansas. This pathway
-came to be called the “Santa Fe Trail.”
-
-=Captain Becknell the First Trader.= Although a few earlier trips were
-made, the trade with Santa Fe really began in the year 1822 with the
-journey of Captain Becknell, of Missouri. He had started out the year
-before to trade with the Indians, and had gone on with a party of
-Mexican rangers to Santa Fe where he sold his small supply of
-merchandise so profitably that he decided to try again on a larger
-scale. In 1822 he took about thirty men and five thousand dollars’
-worth of merchandise. His success encouraged others, and a regular
-trade with Santa Fe was soon established.
-
- [Illustration: SCENES IN EARLY SANTA FE.
- Left, a street scene. Upper right, an adobe house. Lower right,
- the old “Palace,” used by the Spanish and Mexican authorities as
- government headquarters for about two centuries. It was in this
- building that Pike was held prisoner.]
-
-=Merchandise Carried on Pack Mules=. For several years most of the
-transportation along the Trail was done with pack mules. A caravan of
-pack mules usually numbered from fifty to two hundred, each animal
-carrying about three hundred pounds of merchandise. From the earliest
-times the Mexicans had used pack mules as a means of transportation,
-and were skilled in handling them. For this reason the American
-traders usually employed Mexicans for the work of the pack train. The
-average rate of travel of a mule train was from twelve to fifteen
-miles a day. Since the Trail was nearly eight hundred miles long,
-fifty to sixty days were required for the trip.
-
-=Wagons Used on the Trail=. Probably the first time that wagons were
-used was in 1824, when a company of traders left Missouri with
-twenty-five wagons and a train of pack mules. This experiment was so
-satisfactory that the use of wagons soon became general and mules were
-used less and less as pack animals.
-
-=The Traders and the Indians=. Travel over the Santa Fe Trail rapidly
-increased, and the history of those days is filled with stories of
-exciting adventure, of danger, of privation, and of deeds of courage.
-The source of greatest danger and excitement was the Indians, for they
-did not take kindly to the white men’s use of their hunting grounds.
-For several years the traders crossed the plains in small parties,
-each man taking only two or three hundred dollars’ worth of goods, and
-they were seldom molested. But peace did not last long. The Indians
-soon learned more about the journeys of the traders and how to
-estimate the value of their stock. Also, many of the traders
-considered every Indian a deadly enemy and killed all that fell into
-their power simply because some wrong was known to have been committed
-by Indians. This treatment tended to stir up the hatred of the red men
-and to make them watch every opportunity for revenge.
-
-An example of the enmity between the Indians and the traders may be
-seen in an occurrence of 1828. Two young men went to sleep on the bank
-of a stream a short distance from their caravan, and were fatally
-shot, it was supposed, with their own guns. When their comrades found
-them one was dead, and the other died by the time the caravan reached
-the Cimarron River, about forty miles farther on. During the simple
-burial ceremonies a party of six or seven Indians appeared on the
-other side of the river. It is probable that these Indians knew
-nothing of the crime committed or they would not have approached the
-white men. Some of the men took this view, but, against their advice,
-the others fired and killed all of the Indians but one, who escaped to
-carry the news to his tribe. The Indians of the wronged tribe then
-followed the caravan to the Arkansas River where they robbed the
-traders of nearly a thousand head of horses and mules. Other robberies
-and murders followed until it became necessary for the traders to
-petition the National Government for troops. The next year soldiers
-escorted the caravan nearly to the Cimarron River. Government
-protection was furnished again in 1834, and in 1843. In the other
-years the traders fought their own way, but the day of small parties
-was over. For mutual protection, the traders banded together. A single
-big caravan started out each spring as soon as the grass was
-sufficient to pasture their animals, and returned in the fall.
-
-=The Starting Point of the Traders.= For many years the city of
-Franklin, on the Missouri River, was the starting point of the
-traders, the place where they purchased their goods and their outfits.
-Later, Independence, Missouri, and finally Westport which is now a
-part of Kansas City, became the emporium of the Santa Fe trade. The
-tourists and traders began to gather about the first of May for the
-journey that would begin near the middle of that month.
-
-=Supplies Taken.= The ordinary supplies to be taken for each man were
-about fifty pounds of flour, fifty pounds of bacon, ten pounds of
-coffee, twenty pounds each of sugar, rice, and beans, and a little
-salt. Anything else was considered an unnecessary luxury and was
-seldom taken. The buffalo furnished fresh meat for the travelers.
-
-=Teams and Wagons.= After the first few years horses were little used
-on the Trail except for riding. A wagon was usually drawn by eight
-mules or oxen, though some of the larger ones required ten or twelve.
-The large wagons often carried as much as five thousand pounds of
-merchandise and supplies. The loading of the wagons for a journey of
-nearly eight hundred miles was a very particular piece of work.
-
-=Council Grove the Meeting Place.= Although the traders banded
-together in one big caravan, they did not all start from the same
-place nor at the same time. The Kanza and Osage Indians seldom
-committed worse deeds than petty thievery, and the more warlike
-Comanches and Pawnees did not often appear along the first two hundred
-miles of the Trail. The place where all the wagons united to form a
-caravan was Council Grove, a point about one hundred and fifty miles
-west of Independence. In those days Council Grove consisted of a strip
-of fine timber along the Neosho valley. It is said to have been named
-in 1825 by the United States Commissioners who met on this spot some
-Osage Indians, with whom they made a treaty for the right of way for
-the Santa Fe Trail. About 1850 a blacksmith shop and two or three
-traders’ stores were established at Council Grove and this place
-became “the last chance for supplies” for westbound travelers.
-
- [Illustration: COUNCIL OAK,
- Under which the Commissioners and Indians met at Council Grove to
- make their treaty. It is still standing. A Santa Fe marker has
- been placed beneath its branches.]
-
-=Journeys of Gregg.= We can not get an idea of those days in a better
-way, perhaps, than by following an account of one of the caravans.
-Josiah Gregg, who crossed the prairie eight times, has left a very
-interesting record of his experiences. Many of the following facts are
-taken from his account of the journey of 1831.
-
-=Organization of the Caravan.= For this particular trip there were two
-hundred men and nearly a hundred wagons, with a dozen smaller
-vehicles, and two carriages carrying cannon. The total value of the
-merchandise was about $200,000. For so large an undertaking it was, of
-course, necessary to have some kind of organization. According to
-custom, therefore, they elected officers and adopted a set of rules.
-The head man was the “Captain of the Caravan,” who directed the order
-of travel, selected the camping grounds, and performed many other
-duties of a general nature. The wagons were divided into four groups,
-each group under the charge of a lieutenant, who selected crossings
-and superintended the “forming” of the camp. The men were well armed
-with rifles, shotguns, and an abundant supply of pistols and knives.
-
-=The Starting of the Caravan.= When the time came to start from
-Council Grove the command “Catch up! Catch up!” sounded by the captain
-and passed on to all the groups, started a scene of hurry and uproar
-as the teamsters vied with each other to be first to shout “All’s
-set!” After a period of shouting at animals, the clanking of chains,
-and the rattling of harness and yokes, all were ready. The command
-“Stretch out!” was given, and the line of march began.
-
- [Illustration: CROSSING THE PLAINS.]
-
-=The Country West of Council Grove.= Council Grove seemed to form the
-western boundary of the very rich, fertile, and well timbered country.
-From here westward the streams were lined with but little timber
-growth, and much of that was cottonwood. The country was mostly
-prairie, with the vegetation gradually becoming more scarce. The
-traders usually lashed under their wagons a supply of logs for needed
-repairs, for Council Grove furnished the last good wood they would
-pass. Westward from Council Grove not a single human habitation, not
-even an Indian settlement, was to be seen along the whole route. It is
-difficult to imagine such a condition in Kansas only eighty years ago.
-
- [Illustration: NORTH AMERICAN BISON, COMMONLY CALLED BUFFALOES.
- They were described by Cabeza de Vaca as “crooked-backed oxen.”]
-
-=Buffaloes Sighted.= Soon after leaving Council Grove the traders
-began watching for buffaloes, and when a small herd was sighted it
-created much excitement. About half the men had never seen these
-animals before. All the horsemen rushed toward the herd, and some of
-the drivers even left their teams and followed on foot.
-
-=Pawnee Rock.= After a few more days of travel, during which nothing
-more serious happened than a few false alarms of Indians, they reached
-the Arkansas River. Another day’s travel over a level plain brought
-them in sight of Pawnee Rock, a great rock standing on the plains near
-the Big Bend of the Arkansas, and a landmark known from one end of the
-Trail to the other. The surrounding country was not occupied by any
-tribe of Indians, but was claimed by all of them as a hunting ground,
-for it was a fine pasture for buffaloes. For many years it had been
-the scene of bloody battles between different tribes. The Rock
-afforded an excellent hiding place and retreat. Since the old Trail
-passed within a few yards of it, this became a dreaded spot for the
-traders, for at this point they seldom escaped a skirmish with the
-Indians. The Rock probably received its name from some of the bloody
-deeds of the Pawnees, who were especially connected with these scenes.
-
- [Illustration: PAWNEE ROCK.]
-
-=Forming Camp.= When the caravan camped at Ash Creek the traders found
-a few old moccasins scattered around and some camp fires still
-burning, which seemed to indicate the near presence of Indians. They
-had, up to this point, marched in two columns, but after crossing
-Pawnee Fork they formed four lines for better protection in case of
-attack. In camp the wagons were arranged in the form of a hollow
-square, each line forming a side. This provided an enclosure for the
-animals when needed, and a fortification against the Indians.
-Ordinarily the camp fires were lighted outside the square, the men
-slept on the ground there, and the animals were picketed near.
-
-=The Caches.= The next important stopping place was The Caches, near
-the present site of Fort Dodge. All that marked this spot from the
-surrounding country was a group of pits in the ground. A number of
-years before, a small party of traders had attempted to go to Santa Fe
-in the fall. By the time they reached the Arkansas River a heavy
-snowstorm forced them to take shelter on a large island, where they
-were kept for three months by the severe winter. During this time most
-of their animals perished. When spring came, having no way to carry
-their goods, they made some caches,[4] where they stored their
-merchandise until they could bring mules to haul it to Santa Fe.
-
-=The Trail Divided into Two Routes.= At Cimarron Crossing the Trail
-divided, and did not reunite until within a few miles of Santa Fe. The
-southern route was shorter, but it meant crossing fifty miles of
-desert before reaching the Cimarron River. In all that stretch of
-level plain there was no trail, nor landmark, nor stream of water.
-Travelers sometimes lost their way in this desert, and unless they had
-prepared for this part of the journey by taking along a sufficient
-supply of water, they perished of thirst.
-
-=An Experience with Indians.= This caravan decided to take the
-southern route. A band of Indians soon appeared, carrying an American
-flag as a token of peace. They talked with the traders by means of
-signs and told them there were immense numbers of Indians ahead. A
-little later a band of warriors appeared and threatened to fight.
-There was great excitement as the caravan prepared for battle and the
-Indians continued to pour over the hills. But there was no fighting,
-for the chief came forward with his “peace pipe,” from which the
-captain took a whiff. The warriors were ordered back to rejoin the
-long train of squaws and papooses who were following with the baggage.
-There were probably three thousand Indians in this party, and they
-moved down into the valley and pitched their wigwams. The traders felt
-sure that since the women and children were along the Indians would
-not be hostile, and they, therefore, formed their camp a few hundred
-yards away. The Indians gathered around to gaze at the wagons, for it
-was probably the first time most of them had ever seen such vehicles.
-Some of them followed to the next camp, and the next day a large
-number of them gathered around the caravan. This sort of thing
-continued until the traders made up a present of fifty or sixty
-dollars’ worth of goods to “seal the treaty of peace.”
-
-=Their First News.= Some days later the caravan met a Mexican buffalo
-hunter. He told the traders the news from Santa Fe, the first they had
-heard since the return of the caravan of the year before. To-day
-Kansas City and Santa Fe are little more than twenty-four hours apart
-by rail, and we read the latest news from both places in the morning
-and evening papers.
-
-=Round Mound.= Round Mound, standing nearly a thousand feet above the
-level of the surrounding plain, in what is now New Mexico, was one of
-the landmarks along the Trail. At that point the caravan had completed
-about three-fourths of the journey to Santa Fe. As they approached the
-Mound some of the party decided to ascend it. They felt certain that
-it could not be more than half a mile away, but they had to go fully
-three miles before reaching it. This remarkable deception in distance
-is characteristic of the West.[5] Nothing of particular note occurred
-from Round Mound to the end of the journey.
-
-=Arrival at Santa Fe.= The arrival of the caravan at Santa Fe was a
-source of excitement for both the traders and the city and was
-celebrated with much festivity. The traders had entered what was in
-those days a foreign country and had to pay duties on their goods at
-the custom house. Then came the business of selling these goods to
-those who had come in from the surrounding country to buy, after which
-the traders, or freighters as they were often called, prepared for the
-long return journey, planning to finish the round trip before the
-winter began. This was but one of many trips made over the Santa Fe
-Trail.
-
-=Travel Across Kansas During the ’40’s.= There was a war between the
-United States and Mexico in 1846-’48. The trouble between the two
-countries checked the Santa Fe trade between the years 1843 and 1850,
-but even under those circumstances there was much travel across Kansas
-during the ’40’s.[6] There were four principal classes of travelers:
-soldiers, emigrants to Oregon, Mormons, and California gold seekers.
-
-=The Soldiers.= The war with Mexico broke out in 1846, and many of the
-United States soldiers were sent to that country by way of the Santa
-Fe Trail. This increased the travel across the prairies.
-
-=The Oregon Settlers.= The remote unsettled region in the Northwest,
-known as Oregon, was soon to become the home of civilized people. In
-1842 wagon trains of emigrants began to undertake the long and weary
-journey to that far-off country. Others soon followed, and during the
-next few years many thousands of people settled in the Oregon country.
-
-=The Mormons.= In those days the Mormon Church had not been long
-established, but their beliefs had brought the Mormons into trouble
-with the people around them and with the Government, and they had been
-forced to move several times. The last time was in 1845, when they
-left Nauvoo, Illinois, and began the long and perilous journey to the
-valley of Great Salt Lake, in which region the main body of them
-remains to-day.
-
-=The “Forty-niners.”= In 1848 a man named James Marshall, who was
-running a sawmill near the present site of Sacramento, California,
-discovered shining particles of gold in the mill race, and it was soon
-found that there were rich gold fields in that part of the country.
-The news spread, not rapidly as it would to-day, for there were no
-railroad or telegraph lines west of the Mississippi River and only a
-few east of it, but within a short time the whole country and even
-Europe had heard of the California gold fields, and people from all
-parts of the world began to make their way to the Pacific coast. Some
-went by water but more of them made the journey overland. Long lines
-of wagons, or prairie schooners as they were called, wound their way
-across the plains and over the mountains to California. It is
-estimated that ninety thousand people passed through Kansas on their
-way to California during the two years 1848 and 1849, a few of them to
-gain wealth, but thousands to be disappointed, and many to perish on
-the way.
-
-=The Oregon Trail.= The Oregon settlers, the Mormons, and the gold
-seekers entered Kansas at or near Atchison, Leavenworth, St. Joseph,
-or Westport, and moved toward the northwest, crossed the border into
-Nebraska, and went on across the mountains. The road worn by this
-westward-moving stream of emigrants was known as the Oregon Trail,
-though it was sometimes called the Mormon Trail, and more often the
-California Road. For two thousand miles the Oregon Trail stretched
-away through an utter wilderness, and every mile of it came to be the
-scene of hardship and suffering, of battle, or of death. It was one of
-the most remarkable highways in history. It had several branches, and
-in many places it followed different routes at different times. The
-largest number of travelers over this Trail entered Kansas at Westport
-and followed for a short distance the Santa Fe Trail. Near the present
-town of Gardner stood a signboard on which were the words, “Road to
-Oregon.” At this point the two historic highways divided. It has been
-said that, “never before nor since has so simple an announcement
-pointed the way to so long and hard a journey.”
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The Santa Fe Trail was a great road about 775 miles long,
- beginning successively at the Missouri towns, Franklin,
- Independence, and Westport, and extending westward to Santa
- Fe. Four hundred miles of its length were in Kansas. Travel
- began in 1822 for the purpose of trading with Mexico. The
- first merchandise was carried on pack mules, but wagons
- began to be used in 1824. The traders experienced much
- trouble with the Indians, and in 1829 they began going
- together in big caravans for protection. The gathering place
- was Council Grove, where they organized and started. A few
- of the well-known sites along the Trail were Pawnee Rock,
- Ash Creek, Pawnee Fork, and The Caches. At Cimarron Crossing
- the Trail divided. The northern branch followed the Arkansas
- and crossed the mountains over practically the same route as
- that followed by the Santa Fe Railway to-day. The southern
- branch was the cut-off across the desert. Another historic
- highway was the Oregon Trail, sometimes called the Mormon
- Trail and sometimes the California Road. This Trail crossed
- the northeast corner of Kansas.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Inman, The Old Santa Fe Trail.
- Parrish, The Great Plains.
- Pamphlet by Historical Society, Santa Fe Trail.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 42-49.
- Gregg, Commerce of the Prairies.
- Blackmar, Kansas, vol. II, p. 645.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, p. 54.
- Historical Collections, vol. VIII, p. 137; vol. IX, p. 552; vol.
- XII, p. 253-269.
- Hunt, California the Golden.
- Aplington, Pilgrims of the Plains. (A novel.)
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What part of the United States did Mexico own a hundred years
- ago?
-
- 2. Describe the city of Santa Fe. How did trade first begin with
- Santa Fe?
-
- 3. Tell about the journey of Captain Becknell.
-
- 4. Discuss the use of pack mules on the Trail. When were wagons
- first used?
-
- 5. What was the attitude of the Indians and the traders toward
- each other?
-
- 6. What places were in turn the starting point of the traders?
-
- 7. What supplies were usually taken?
-
- 8. How did Council Grove get its name? Of what importance was the
- place?
-
- 9. Who was Josiah Gregg?
-
- 10. Describe the organization of the caravan. The starting.
-
- 11. What occurred when buffaloes were sighted?
-
- 12. What is told of Pawnee Rock?
-
- 13. How was camp formed at Ash Creek?
-
- 14. Describe The Caches. How did this place receive its name?
-
- 15. Where did the Trail divide? Describe each route.
-
- 16. What experience did the travelers have with the Indians?
-
- 17. Explain the occurrence at Round Mound.
-
- 18. Describe the arrival of the caravan at Santa Fe.
-
- 19. Discuss the Santa Fe trade during the ’40’s.
-
- 20. Name the classes of travelers who crossed Kansas in the
- ’40’s, and give an account of each.
-
- 21. Name and describe the trail made by these travelers.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-KANSAS AS AN INDIAN COUNTRY
-
-
-=Kansas Belonged to the Indians.= During the years when the white men
-were traveling back and forth across Kansas they were not making
-settlements here. The country remained in the undisputed possession of
-the Indians. The white men did not want it as yet. They looked upon
-these vast prairies, not as a resource, but as so much land to be
-crossed in reaching places farther west. But changing conditions in
-the states east of the Mississippi River made people begin to look
-upon Kansas in a different light. The country there was becoming
-thickly settled and the people wanted the lands of the eastern
-Indians.
-
-=Removal of Eastern Indians to Kansas.= Soon after the Louisiana
-purchase was made people began to talk of an Indian reserve, of a
-state set aside for the Indians, and it was believed that these
-western prairies would be useful for such a purpose. Nothing definite
-was done, however, until 1825, when the National Government began the
-“removal policy.” The eastern part of Kansas was occupied by two
-tribes of Indians, the Kanzas, or Kaws as they are often called, north
-of the Kansas River, and the Osages south of it. In 1825 the National
-Government made treaties with these two tribes. Under the provisions
-of these treaties each tribe retained only a small part of its
-territory, the rest being ceded to the Government. In return, the
-Indians were to receive certain annual payments and were to be
-supplied with cattle, hogs, and farming implements. The Government was
-also to provide them with blacksmiths and with teachers of
-agriculture. With these two tribes restricted to their reservations, a
-large part of eastern Kansas was left to be apportioned into
-reservations for Indians from the East. In 1830 Congress passed an act
-setting aside an Indian country, which included eastern Kansas. Then
-the removal policy was carried out. Under this arrangement the
-Government made treaties with the various eastern tribes by which they
-gave up their lands in exchange for certain tracts in the Indian
-country. The Shawnees had come in 1825, and during the ten or twelve
-years following 1830 about seventeen tribes were located on
-reservations in Kansas. Among these were the Iowas, Sacs and Foxes,
-Kickapoos, Delawares, Chippewas, Pottawatomies, Wyandottes, and
-Miamis. By 1850 there was not a tribe left east of the Mississippi
-River. The Indians had all been moved to these western plains, and no
-white man could settle on any of the reservations without the consent
-of the Indians.
-
- [Illustration: AN INDIAN IN WAR DRESS.]
-
-=Indians Removed from Kansas.= According to the treaties the Indians
-were promised their land “so long as grass should grow or water run.”
-But it soon developed that the white men wanted Kansas also. In 1854
-we find the tribes being again transferred, this time to the Indian
-Territory, now Oklahoma, where the remnants of the various tribes
-still remain.[7]
-
-Although Kansas was not used during those early years to make homes
-for white settlers, a few hundred people came here. They were of three
-different classes; fur traders, missionaries, and soldiers.
-
- [Illustration: INDIAN RESERVATIONS IN KANSAS.]
-
-=The Fur Traders.= It is impossible to say when the first hunters and
-trappers came to these western plains, for they were generally obscure
-men and little was known of their comings and goings, but they were
-the real pathfinders of the West. There are records of fur traders
-here in the very early years of the nineteenth century, and they
-gradually went farther and farther into the vast wilderness. The
-streams of travel across Kansas in the ’40’s followed paths that had
-been pointed out by the fur traders.
-
-The fur companies established many trading posts, which served as
-forts for protection against the Indians and as places to which
-hunters and trappers could bring their furs. Some of the hunters and
-trappers were employed by the fur companies, and others worked
-independently.
-
-Many Indians also engaged in this trade, and often they were given
-tobacco, whisky, and weapons in exchange for their furs. In this way
-much of the work of the missionaries was undone. In the earlier years
-the hunters and trappers found many kinds of wild animals in Kansas:
-the buffalo, the wolf, the fox, the deer, the elk, and the antelope,
-and along the streams the beaver, the otter, the mink, and the
-muskrat. Later the main supply of furs came from the mountains, and
-the whole fur trade gradually moved west of what is now Kansas.
-
- [Illustration: THE INDIAN TEPEE,
- Made of poles and buffalo hides, was the only home of the
- wandering tribes, and was used by the other tribes when on
- hunting trips.]
-
-=Father Padilla, the First Missionary in Kansas.= The attempt to
-civilize the Indian began in the days of the early explorers, and it
-was on Kansas soil that the first missionary’s life was lost in the
-cause. This man was Father Padilla, a Jesuit, who came with Coronado
-on his journey to Quivira. Father Padilla became much interested in
-the Quivira Indians and remained to do missionary work among them. His
-preaching was of short duration, however, for he was soon killed,
-whether by the Quiviras or some other tribe is not known.
-
-=Kansas Missionaries of the Nineteenth Century.= Centuries later, when
-Kansas became a part of the United States and was explored and
-traversed by white men, missionaries were among the first to arrive.
-They came to instruct the Indians in the Christian religion and to
-persuade them to adopt the customs of civilization.
-
-Of the many who came, Rev. Isaac McCoy probably deserves first
-mention. He had spent many years in work among the Indians and
-strongly urged the removal policy. He believed that if they could live
-in a separate state, free from contact with the white race, the
-Indians could be civilized, and he gave his life to this work.
-
-Jotham Meeker and his wife were among the most devoted of the
-missionaries, but there were many others, both men and women, who
-placed the welfare of human beings above mere gain and who endured the
-hardships of life among the savages for the sake of the good they
-might do.
-
-=Missions Established.= As soon as the eastern Indians were removed to
-Kansas a number of missions were established by Baptist, Methodist,
-Presbyterian, Friends, and Catholic churches. The work of the
-missionaries was not confined to religious instruction. Schools were
-established,[8] books were printed, the Indian girls were taught
-cooking and sewing, and the boys were taught farming and such trades
-as blacksmithing and carpentry.
-
- [Illustration: SHAWNEE MISSION AS FIRST BUILT IN 1830.
- In 1839 a new location was selected and fine new buildings
- constructed.]
-
-The most noted mission in Kansas was the one established by the
-Methodist Church for the Shawnee Indians near the present site of
-Kansas City. This mission was opened in 1830 and continued its work
-for more than a quarter of a century. It had a large tract of land and
-good buildings, and maintained a successful school. Rev. Thomas
-Johnson, who took a prominent part in early Kansas affairs, was in
-charge of the mission.
-
- [Illustration: PAWNEE FLATS AT FORT RILEY.
- Near the center of the view is the old Pawnee Capitol.]
-
- [Illustration: PONTOON BRIDGE AT FORT RILEY.]
-
-=The Soldiers.= The third class of people who came to early Kansas was
-the soldiers. Their presence was necessary for the protection of the
-few white people against the Indians. Fort Leavenworth was established
-by the National Government in 1827, as headquarters for the troops.
-This was shortly after the beginning of the Santa Fe trade. During the
-’40’s this fort was used as a base of supplies for the soldiers of the
-Mexican War, and as an outfitting point for many of the California
-gold seekers and Mormon emigrants. Fort Leavenworth is to-day one of
-the most important of the national forts. A number of other forts were
-established, among them Fort Riley, Fort Dodge, Fort Scott, and Fort
-Hays, but all of these have been abandoned except Fort Riley.
-
- [Illustration:
- Above is the Old Wall at Fort Leavenworth. This wall is all that
- remains of the original Fort. The lower picture is of the Main
- Parade at Fort Leavenworth at the present time.]
-
-=Population of Pre-territorial Kansas.= Kansas remained in possession
-of the Indians until 1854, when it was organized into a territory.
-With this date a new era began. At this time the white population
-consisted of about twelve hundred people, one half of them soldiers
-and the other half connected with the trading posts and the missions.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- When the country that is now Kansas became a part of the
- United States it was occupied by four tribes of Indians. In
- 1825 the Kanza and Osage tribes ceded a large part of their
- lands to the Government and the eastern quarter of the State
- was made a part of the Indian country by the Act of 1830.
- Following this a number of eastern tribes were removed to
- reservations in Kansas, where they remained until Kansas was
- organized as a territory, in 1854, when they were moved to
- Indian Territory, now Oklahoma. During these years there was
- much travel through the State, but up to 1854 the white
- population numbered only about twelve hundred. These people
- were of three classes; traders, missionaries, and soldiers.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 50-64.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 58-74.
- Gihon, Geary and Kansas, chap. II.
- Inman, The Old Santa Fe Trail.
- Elson, History of the United States, chap. II.
- Kansas Historical Collections, vol. VIII, pp. 72, 171, 206, 250;
- vol. IX, p. 565; vol. X, p. 327; vol. XI, p. 333; vol. XII, pp.
- 65, 183.
- Holloway, History of Kansas, chap. VIII.
- Blackmar, Kansas, vol. I, pp. 655-703; vol. II, p. 291.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What use did the white people make of Kansas during the first
- half of the nineteenth century?
-
- 2. How did the condition of the Indians here differ from that of
- the Indians in the East?
-
- 3. What was the removal policy? Name some of the Indian tribes
- brought here. What promise was made them?
-
- 4. Name the three classes of white people who came to Kansas
- during this period.
-
- 5. Who was Father Padilla? Name some of the missionaries. What
- work did they do?
-
- 6. Tell of the fur traders and their relations with the Indians.
-
- 7. Why were the soldiers here?
-
- 8. When did Kansas cease to be an Indian country?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-KANSAS ORGANIZED AS A TERRITORY
-
-
-=The Year 1854 an Important Date.= The year 1854 is an important one
-in the history of Kansas, for it brings to a close the period during
-which this region was used as a hunting ground by the Indians and
-marks the beginning of its use as a home for white people. The white
-settlers did not come in peace and quiet; the first dozen years
-following 1854 were filled with hatred, struggle, and bloodshed. This
-was brought about by conditions outside of Kansas. As we have seen,
-twenty-five years earlier Kansas was made an Indian territory because
-people in the states wanted the lands of the eastern Indians. In 1854
-a terrible conflict began here because there was a division between
-the North and the South on the question of slavery.
-
- [Illustration: TERRITORIAL KANSAS.]
-
-=Attitude of the North and the South Toward Slavery.= Slavery had
-existed in the United States since very early colonial days. It had
-not been profitable in the northern states, but in the cotton fields
-of the southern plantations slave labor was in demand, and its use
-after the invention of the cotton gin had increased steadily with the
-passing years. The Northerners had long been opposed to slavery and
-made every effort to keep it from spreading into northern and western
-territory, while the Southerners were just as determined that it
-should flourish and that it should be extended into new territory.
-This difference between the North and the South developed great
-bitterness. Neither side lost any opportunity to take advantage of the
-other, and each was anxious to secure a majority in the Senate in
-order to obtain favorable legislation. This matter was so carefully
-watched that it had long been the custom to keep the “balance of
-power” between the states; that is, to admit free and slave states
-alternately so as to keep the number of proslavery and free-state
-senators balanced. The North, because of its more rapid growth in
-population, had long had a majority in the House.
-
-=The Missouri Compromise, 1820.= Missouri was along the dividing line
-between the North and the South, and when it asked to be admitted to
-the Union there followed a long debate in Congress as to whether it
-should come in slave or free. The question was finally settled by the
-Missouri Compromise, which provided that Missouri might come in as a
-slave state but that all the rest of the territory included in the
-Louisiana Purchase and lying north of 36° 30′, the line forming the
-southern boundary of Missouri, should be forever free. In other words,
-slavery was to be forever excluded from Kansas and the territory lying
-north of it.
-
-=Slavery Trouble Brings on the Civil War.= This was in 1820, about the
-time of the beginning of the Santa Fe trade. During the years when
-Kansas was an Indian country and was traversed by countless caravans
-the country remained bound by the terms of this compromise. But all
-this time the feeling of animosity between the North and the South was
-growing more intense; northern churches and newspapers denounced the
-evils of slavery, free-state and abolition parties developed,
-thousands of slaves were assisted in making their escape through the
-North to Canada in spite of the strict fugitive slave law, and there
-was bitter strife in Congress between the free-state and the
-slave-state members. The relations between the North and the South
-were becoming more and more strained. The time was rapidly approaching
-when the differences between the two sections were to be settled by a
-great war.
-
-=The Conflict Brought into Kansas in 1854.= The Civil War began in
-1861, the same year in which Kansas became a state; but seven years
-earlier, in 1854, Congress had passed a measure that brought the
-slavery trouble into Kansas and made this state the battle ground in
-the great national struggle over the slavery question.
-
-=The Kansas-Nebraska Bill, 1854.= The measure passed by Congress that
-played such an important part in the history of Kansas and of the
-Nation was known as the Kansas-Nebraska Bill, and was the work of
-Senator Stephen A. Douglas, of Illinois. It provided that the two
-territories, Kansas and Nebraska, should be organized, and that the
-question of slavery should be left for the people of each territory to
-decide for themselves. This method of settling the question was known
-as “popular sovereignty.” Because the settlers were often called
-squatters it was frequently called “squatter sovereignty.”
-
-=Reception of the Bill.= Kansas and Nebraska were part of the
-territory which, according to the terms of the Missouri Compromise,
-was to be forever free, but under the Douglas bill they were to become
-either slave or free as the people who settled the territories might
-decide. When this bill was introduced into Congress it raised a storm
-of indignation among those opposed to slavery, and the debate which
-ensued lasted for months. The whole North was aroused and poured forth
-objection and protest, but to no avail. The bill was passed May 30,
-1854.
-
-=Result of the Bill.= The Kansas-Nebraska Bill meant that the Missouri
-Compromise had been repealed and that there was no longer any boundary
-line against slavery. It meant that Kansas and Nebraska were offered
-as prizes to be contended for by the free and the slave states. The
-South said, “You may have Nebraska; Kansas is ours.” The North refused
-to recognize such a division of spoils, and insisted that both
-territories had been carved from free soil and should both come into
-the Union free. Both North and South desired to secure Kansas, and
-each side urged that as many as possible of its own people should
-emigrate to the new Territory. It could scarcely be expected that,
-under such circumstances, Kansas would be left for gradual and
-peaceful settlement. The result was that the scene of strife was
-transferred from Congress to these western prairies, and from that
-time until the admission of the Territory as a state the conflict
-between the forces of freedom and slavery was waged here.
-
-=Indians Removed from Kansas Lands.= It must be remembered that at
-this time Kansas was an Indian country; that many of the eastern
-tribes had given up their lands in exchange for lands here which had
-been promised to them forever. Nevertheless, the Indians were removed
-from Kansas, many of them at once and others more leisurely. They were
-taken to what has since become Oklahoma, where many of them still
-live. In this way room was made for the white settlers to enter
-Kansas.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- For many years there had been bitter feeling between the
- North and the South on the slavery question. In 1820 the
- Missouri Compromise was passed. This measure provided that
- all the Louisiana Purchase lying north of the southern
- boundary of Missouri, except Missouri itself, should be
- forever free. This agreement was observed until the passage
- of the Kansas-Nebraska Bill in 1854. This bill provided that
- the settlers of each of these territories should decide
- whether it was to be made slave or free. Each side was
- determined to win Kansas, and as a result the slavery
- struggle was brought here. In order to make room for
- settlers the Indians were moved to Indian Territory, now
- known as Oklahoma.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 63-73.
- Spring, Kansas, pp. 2-16.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 81-82.
- Holloway, History of Kansas, chap. VI.
- Tuttle, History of Kansas.
- Larned, History for Ready Reference.
- Gihon, Geary and Kansas, chap. III.
- Historical Collections, vol. IX, p. 115; vol. VIII, p. 86.
- Foster, A History of the United States, pp. 325-329.
- Muzzey, American History, 379-412.
- Hodder, Genesis of the Kansas-Nebraska Act, in Proceedings
- of the State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1912, pp. 69-86.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. Why is 1854 an important date in Kansas history?
-
- 2. What great national question affected Kansas at that time?
- Explain.
-
- 3. Explain the attitude of the North and the South toward
- slavery.
-
- 4. What was meant by the “balance of power”?
-
- 5. Give the provisions and the date of the Missouri Compromise.
- How did this Compromise affect Kansas?
-
- 6. What did the Kansas-Nebraska Bill provide? Give the attitude
- of the North and the South toward it.
-
- 7. How did this Bill affect the Missouri Compromise? What was the
- result in Kansas?
-
- 8. What was done with the Indians in Kansas?
-
-
-
-
- THE SONG OF THE KANSAS EMIGRANT
-
- We cross the prairies as of old
- The Pilgrims crossed the sea,
- To make the West as they the East
- The homestead of the free.
-
- CHORUS:
- The homestead of the free, my boys,
- The homestead of the free,
- To make the West as they the East
- The homestead of the free.
-
- We go to rear a wall of men
- On Freedom’s southern line
- And plant beside the cotton tree
- The rugged northern pine.
-
- We’re flowing from our native hills,
- As our free rivers flow;
- The blessings of our mother-land
- Is on us as we go.
-
- We go to plant her common schools
- On distant prairie swells,
- And give the Sabbaths of the wild
- The music of her bells.
-
- Upbearing like the ark of old,
- The Bible in her van,
- We go to test the truth of God
- Against the fraud of man.
-
- No pause, nor rest, save where the streams
- That feed the Kansas run,
- Save where our pilgrim gonfalon
- Shall flout the setting sun.
-
- We’ll tread the prairies as of old
- Our fathers sailed the sea;
- And make the West as they the East
- The homestead of the free.
-
- ――JOHN G. WHITTIER.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-THE COMING OF THE SETTLERS
-
-
-=Little Known of Kansas in 1854.= Kansas in 1854 was, to most people,
-only a name, a part of the great desert in the Far West, an Indian
-country. Many of those who had crossed it in emigrating to California
-had been impressed with the beauty and richness of the country and had
-written back glowing accounts of it. Some of them had returned from
-the coast, and were now numbered among our early settlers. When its
-organization as a territory brought it into such prominence, knowledge
-of Kansas soon became more general.
-
-=Advantages of the South.= The people of the South felt confident that
-they could make it a slave state, for they had gained many victories
-in Congress, and the President, Franklin Pierce, was in sympathy with
-them. Moreover, they were closer to Kansas than were the northern
-people, and the only state touching Kansas was the slave state
-Missouri.
-
-=Advantages of the North.= The people of the North, however, possessed
-one very important advantage. The population of the South consisted
-largely of plantation owners and their slaves, and it was not an easy
-matter for these men to leave their property or to take it into a new
-and untried country. On the other hand, the North was a land of small
-farms and shops and many laborers. Moreover, there was much foreign
-immigration into the United States in those years, and since the
-employment of slaves left no place in the South for white laborers,
-most of the immigrants entered the northern states, and added to the
-number of those who were ready and anxious to go farther west.
-Consequently many more settlers came into Kansas from the North than
-from the South, but the Southerners tried to overcome this handicap in
-other ways.
-
-=The Coming of the Missourians.= The plan of the South was to use
-Missouri as the stepping-stone to Kansas. Immediately following the
-passage of the Kansas-Nebraska Bill a number of Missourians came over
-into Kansas and took as claims large tracts of the best lands, in some
-cases not even waiting for the removal of the Indians. Settlers who
-asked for claims were required to build houses and to use the land for
-homes for a certain length of time. While some of the Missourians met
-these requirements, many of them did not come here to live. They
-notched trees, or posted notices, or laid rails on the ground in the
-shape of a house, or in some other way indicated their claims, and
-returned to their homes in Missouri, coming back only to vote or to
-fight when it seemed to them necessary. While in Kansas, however, they
-held a meeting at which it was resolved that: “We recognize slavery as
-always existing in this Territory,” and, “We will afford protection to
-no abolitionists as settlers of Kansas Territory.”
-
-=Handicap to Northern Emigration.= The free-state people could not
-step over a boundary line and be in Kansas. They lived a long way off,
-the trip out here was expensive, and little was known of the new
-Territory. It was a land without homes or towns, churches, schools, or
-newspapers, and the Northerners knew that people would hesitate to
-start to Kansas under all these difficulties.
-
-=The New England Emigrant Aid Company.= So it came about that even
-while the Kansas-Nebraska Bill was pending in Congress a Massachusetts
-man named Eli Thayer had thought out a plan for assisting and
-encouraging the people to undertake the long journey. His plan was to
-form a company for the purpose of inducing and organizing emigration
-to Kansas and reducing the expense and hardship involved. This was not
-to be done as charity, but was to be put on a business basis. Thayer
-aroused public interest in his plan by constant writing and speaking,
-and since the people were ready to listen to whatever promised to aid
-in making Kansas a free state, money enough was soon raised to
-organize a company, called the New England Emigrant Aid Company. It
-gathered and published information concerning the new country and
-organized emigrants into large parties in order to make the journey
-more pleasant, to reduce expense, and to lessen danger. Competent
-guides were sent with the parties. The company established schools,
-newspapers, mills, hotels, and other improvements that tended to
-lessen the hardships of the pioneers and to further the development of
-the new Territory. Several similar organizations were formed, but none
-of them was so well known nor so efficient as the New England Emigrant
-Aid Company.
-
-=Work of the Emigrant Aid Companies.= Hundreds of people came here
-under the management of these companies, but probably the greatest
-service the companies performed was that of giving an immense amount
-of publicity and advertising to Kansas. Newspapers were filled with
-descriptions of the loveliness, the fertility, and the future
-greatness of the new Territory, and people were urged to go to Kansas
-at once, both to secure the advantages of the country and to help in
-saving it from slavery. In this way interest and enthusiasm were
-aroused over the whole North, but for every one who came in one of the
-emigrant aid parties there were many who came independently,
-especially from the states farther west than New England――Pennsylvania,
-Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, and Iowa.
-
-=Southern Organizations.= The organizations in the North aroused much
-bitter feeling in the South, and a reward was offered for the capture
-of Eli Thayer. The South soon formed organizations too, some of them
-being known as Blue Lodges, Social Bands, and Sons of the South.
-
-=The Coming of the Free-state Settlers.= As has been stated, the
-Missourians came into Kansas immediately after the passage of the
-Kansas-Nebraska Bill on May 30, but the free-state people were not far
-behind, for on the first day of August, just two months later, the
-first party of emigrants sent out by the New England Emigrant Aid
-Company reached the Territory. Even these were not the first
-free-state men to arrive; a few who had come independently were
-already here.
-
-=The First Party of Settlers.= This first party consisted of only
-twenty-nine men. It had been organized with some difficulty, for
-coming to Kansas was looked upon as a dangerous undertaking. Hundreds
-of people gathered to bid these men farewell as they started on their
-long journey to take part in the great conflict between freedom and
-slavery. There were many who would not have been surprised had the
-whole party been murdered on their arrival in Kansas, but when nothing
-of the kind happened others took courage and more parties soon
-followed.
-
- [Illustration: EARLY KANSAS CITY.]
-
-=They Reach the Present Site of Lawrence.= The pioneer party reached
-St. Louis by railroad, where they boarded a steamboat and came up the
-Missouri River to Kansas City, then a town of only three or four
-hundred people. There they purchased an ox team to transport their
-baggage, and on Saturday evening set out on foot into Kansas. By
-Tuesday noon they reached the present site of Lawrence, where they
-pitched their tents on a big flat-topped hill. To-day the great
-buildings of the University of Kansas stand on this hill, which is
-still called Mount Oread,[9] the name given it by this first party of
-pioneers. The weather was extremely hot; a drouth had parched the
-earth and prairie fires had destroyed the grass, but the pioneers were
-not discouraged. They staked out claims in the surrounding country and
-began preparations for the future.
-
-=The Second Party Arrives.= In a short time the second party arrived.
-It was under the direction of Dr. Charles Robinson and Samuel C.
-Pomeroy, who were leaders in the free-state cause during the whole
-Territorial struggle. This party was much larger, and part of its
-members were women and children. The town was now laid out, organized,
-and named Lawrence.[10] On the arrival of this party a boarding house
-was established by two of the women. It was thus described by a writer
-of that time: “In the open air, on some logs of wood, two rough boards
-were laid across for a table, and on washtubs, kegs, and blocks the
-boarders were seated around it.” A short time later a hotel was
-opened. It was constructed by driving into the ground two long rows of
-poles, which were brought together at the top and the sides thatched
-with prairie grass. The ends were made of cotton cloth, and the
-building resembled the “stray roof of a huge warehouse.”
-
-=Getting Ready for the First Winter.= The people lived in tents and
-houses of thatch through the summer and fall, but in the meantime all
-were busy getting log cabins ready for the winter. By the time winter
-had come a number of things had been accomplished: a sawmill was
-running, churches had been organized, two newspapers had been
-established, and Lawrence had been granted a post office with mail
-from Kansas City three times a week. The population was about four
-hundred. Many of the cabins still had cloth doors and were without
-floors, and altogether the people had all they could do to take care
-of themselves through the winter. When two more parties of emigrants
-arrived at the beginning of winter the task became much more
-difficult.
-
-=The Actual Settlers’ Association.= Besides the work of building homes
-and developing the town, there was much to occupy the minds of the
-pioneers. Missourians had taken claims over much of the eastern part
-of the Territory. While some proslavery settlers had come to make
-homes, just as the free-state settlers had, most of those who had
-taken claims were really living in Missouri. When the first party came
-to Lawrence, the members bought out the claims where they located
-their town; later other claimants appeared, and there was much trouble
-over the title to the land. The same kind of trouble arose in regard
-to the land taken by many free-state settlers outside of Lawrence. It
-became a common occurrence for a Missourian to come over and lay claim
-to some free-state man’s land and warn him to leave the Territory.
-This caused the formation of the Actual Settlers’ Association, which
-helped to adjust such difficulties.
-
- [Illustration: THE FIRST HOUSE IN TOPEKA.]
-
-=Other Towns.= Lawrence was not the only place in the Territory that
-was settled before the close of the first winter. People were coming
-in from north, east, and south, settling on claims and starting other
-towns. The principal proslavery towns were Leavenworth, Atchison, and
-Lecompton. Free-state towns were Lawrence, Topeka, Osawatomie, and
-Manhattan. Leavenworth and Atchison were both founded by people from
-Missouri, and, since they were on the Missouri River, came to be
-outfitting points for travelers over the California and Salt Lake
-Trails. Lecompton, on the Kansas River, not far from Lawrence, soon
-became the headquarters of the proslavery people, and for several
-years was the Territorial capital. Topeka was founded with the hope of
-its becoming the capital of Kansas. Osawatomie soon became an
-important free-state center. Manhattan, on the Kansas River at the
-mouth of the Big Blue, was for the first few months called Boston. On
-the arrival of a party of seventy-five people from Cincinnati, Ohio,
-the name was changed to Manhattan. This party made the entire trip
-from Cincinnati to Manhattan by boat.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- When Kansas Territory was organized little was known of it,
- but, because it was wanted by both the North and the South,
- knowledge of Kansas spread rapidly. The South had the
- support of every branch of the National Government and the
- added advantage that the only State touching Kansas was
- proslavery. The advantage of the North lay in the fact that
- it had a much larger number of people who were free to move
- to a new country. The proslavery Missourians came in at once
- and took claims. A few free-state people came within a
- month, and in two months the emigrant aid parties began to
- arrive. The fact that many Missourians had staked out claims
- and gone back home led to numerous claim disputes and caused
- the organization of the Actual Settlers’ Association. By the
- time winter had come four emigrant aid parties had arrived
- at Lawrence, many settlers were living on their claims, and
- several towns had been started by each side.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Spring, Kansas, pp. 29-40.
- Brooks, The Boy Settlers.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 71-78.
- Thayer, The Kansas Crusade.
- Robinson, The Kansas Conflict, chaps. II-IV.
- Mrs. Robinson, Kansas――Its Interior and Exterior Life.
- Gihon, Geary and Kansas, chap. IV.
- Historical Collections, vol. VI, p. 90; vol. IX, p. 144.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. When was Kansas organized as a territory? In what ways had
- the people gained any knowledge of Kansas up to this time?
- Why did Kansas soon become well known?
-
- 2. What advantages did the South have in the effort to win
- Kansas? The North?
-
- 3. Contrast the manner of life in the North and the South in
- those days. What do you know of the conditions to-day?
-
- 4. Why did Missouri play an important part in early Kansas
- affairs? Explain how Missourians took claims.
-
- 5. Why did the North organize emigrant aid companies? What was
- the chief company? What did it do? Did all the Kansas settlers
- come under the management of these companies?
-
- 6. What was the attitude of the South toward these
- organizations?
-
- 7. When did the first emigrant aid party arrive? Tell of their
- journey; their settlement. Were they the first free-state
- settlers to arrive?
-
- 8. Give an account of the second party. Tell something of the
- way they lived. What had been accomplished by the time winter
- set in?
-
- 9. What was the Actual Settlers’ Association? Why was it formed?
-
- 10. Name several persons connected with this period of Kansas
- history, and tell something of each.
-
- 11. Name and locate some of the towns settled during this period.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-THE FIRST TERRITORIAL GOVERNMENT
-
-
-=The Government of a Territory.= When a territory is organized it must
-be provided with a government. The people in a territory may not elect
-their officers as in a state; they may elect a legislature and a
-delegate to Congress, but the governor, secretary, judges, and certain
-other officers are appointed by the President.
-
-=The First Territorial Governor.= In October, 1854, there arrived in
-Kansas the first Territorial Governor, Andrew H. Reeder, who, although
-he was known to favor slavery, was heartily welcomed by all the
-people. That he might become familiar with conditions in the
-Territory, Governor Reeder made a tour of inspection shortly after his
-arrival. Although this was but little more than four months after the
-opening of the Territory, he found a number of settlements scattered
-over eastern Kansas. Towns were springing up, and the prairies were
-dotted with the tents and cabins of the pioneers. Several thousand
-people had arrived by this time, some of them free-state and some
-proslavery. The proslavery settlers had brought a few slaves. There
-were also many Indians here, for only a part of the tribes had as yet
-been removed.
-
-=The First Election Called.= On his return from his tour of
-observation, which had included the most remote settlements, as far
-west as Council Grove and Fort Riley, Governor Reeder issued a
-proclamation for the first election to be held in Kansas. The date was
-set for November 29, at which time a delegate to Congress was to be
-chosen.
-
-=Interest in the Election.= The settlers were all busily engaged in
-building cabins and otherwise providing for the coming of winter, and
-since this election was not deemed of much importance they took little
-interest in it. This was not the case, however, with the Missourians,
-and at this first election, under the leadership of their Senator, D.
-R. Atchison, they gave an exhibition of the methods by which they
-expected to control Kansas.
-
-=Election Day, November 29, 1854.= On the day before election the Blue
-Lodge voters began to cross the border into Kansas. They came well
-armed, and organized into companies, each of which went to a polling
-place. They came to vote, and they voted. There were so many of them
-that they were able to outnumber the legal voters in many of the
-precincts where they took possession of the polls. Election judges who
-refused to accept their votes were removed and judges of their own
-installed.[11]
-
-=The Result.= Of course the proslavery delegate was overwhelmingly
-elected. He would probably have been elected had the Missourians
-stayed at home, for up to this time a majority of the settlers outside
-of Lawrence favored slavery. The result of this unfair election was to
-renew the excitement in the North at such a working out of the
-principle of “popular sovereignty.” But the free-state pioneers were
-not to be discouraged. They continued, during the winter, their home
-building, their preparations for the spring cultivation, and the
-securing of titles to their land.
-
-=The Second Election, March 30, 1855.= The first event of importance
-in the new year was the taking of the census of the Territory in the
-spring. It showed a total population of 8601, about 3000 of whom were
-voters. A little later a date was set for the election of a
-Territorial Legislature. Since this body of men would make the laws
-for the Territory, there was no lack of interest among the settlers in
-this election. It was well understood that the Missourians were
-expecting to vote again. Money was being raised and men hired to march
-into Kansas on election day. They came, fully five thousand of them,
-armed with pistols, guns, and bowie-knives, and marched to the
-different polling places. They did not pretend to be residents of
-Kansas, but boasted that they were from Missouri. They were disorderly
-and dangerous, and in many cases drove the legal voters from the
-polls. Not more than half of the 3000 rightful voters cast ballots in
-this election, but the count showed that more than 6000 ballots were
-cast.
-
-=The “Bogus Legislature.”= The whole thing had been so openly
-fraudulent that the free-state people demanded that the Governor set
-aside this election and call a new one. The Missourians threatened his
-life if this were done. When the day came for deciding the question,
-the men who had been fraudulently elected gathered in the Governor’s
-office, armed and defiant. The Governor and a number of his friends
-who were there to protect him were also armed. Bitter discussion
-ensued, but there was no fighting. Contests had not been filed against
-all of the men elected. Governor Reeder decided to recognize the
-election except where sufficient proof of fraud was shown. In these
-cases he threw out the returns and ordered another election. The
-proslavery men took no part in the new election, and a number of
-free-state men were chosen to the Legislature. When the Legislature
-met, the proslavery majority promptly unseated these free-state
-members and recognized the men first elected. This gave the Territory
-an entirely proslavery legislature. It was called by the free-state
-people the “Bogus Legislature.” The proslavery leaders were B. F.
-Stringfellow and D. R. Atchison, both of whom lived in Missouri but
-took an active part in Kansas affairs. Senator Atchison said, “We wish
-to make Kansas in all respects like Missouri.” So they adopted the
-whole body of Missouri laws, and added a series of slave laws that
-were probably the most severe of any ever enacted in the United
-States.
-
-=The First Legislature, at Pawnee, July, 1855.= The Governor chose
-Pawnee as the place where the Legislature should meet. Pawnee was a
-new town on the Kansas River, within the present bounds of the Fort
-Riley military reservation. Since it was west of nearly all the
-settlements, the members had to make long journeys to reach it. Both
-because of the inconvenience of location and because the proslavery
-members desired to be nearer the Missouri border, the Legislature
-remained in session at Pawnee only five days, just long enough to
-unseat the free-state members and to pass an act removing the seat of
-government temporarily to Shawnee Mission. All that remains of Pawnee
-to-day is the old stone building that was erected for a capitol.
-
-=The Removal of Governor Reeder.= Governor Reeder had refused to
-accede to all the demands of the proslavery people, and had fallen
-into disfavor with them. When he refused to sign some of their
-measures they petitioned the President for his removal, which soon
-followed. Governor Reeder’s administration had lasted through less
-than a year of these troublous times. In the summer of 1855, with the
-Territory little more than a year old, the people were divided into
-two bitter factions, proslavery and free-state, with the proslavery
-people congratulating themselves upon being rid of a Governor they
-could not control, upon having the support of the President, and upon
-having a Legislature unanimously proslavery. Daniel Woodson, the
-Territorial Secretary, who now became Acting Governor, approved the
-acts of the proslavery Legislature.
-
-=Gloomy Outlook for the Free-state People.= These were dark days for
-the free-state people; they had no hand in the Government and no
-recognition in the laws of the Territory. They were denounced,
-misrepresented, and ridiculed. To add to the gloom of the situation,
-the new Territorial Governor, Wilson Shannon, at first entirely
-ignored the existence of free-state citizens. No community could obey
-the slave laws passed by the “Bogus Legislature” without becoming
-proslavery. But the free-state people had no intention of becoming
-proslavery; they had no intention of giving up the struggle. They
-found themselves confronted with the question of what was to be done.
-It was a very grave situation.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The first Territorial Governor, Andrew H. Reeder, arrived in
- October, 1854. After a tour of inspection, he called an
- election to choose a Territorial delegate to Congress.
- Although there were probably enough proslavery settlers to
- carry the election, the Missourians, to make sure, came over
- in force, and elected their candidate with an overwhelming
- majority. Another election was called in March to choose
- members of a Territorial Legislature. The Missourians came
- again, and although the census had shown but 3000 voters in
- Kansas there were twice that number of ballots cast. On
- proof of fraud Governor Reeder threw out the contested
- returns and free-state men were elected, but when the
- Legislature met the proslavery majority unseated them and
- recognized those first elected. Pawnee was chosen by the
- Governor as the Territorial capital, but after five days the
- Legislature adjourned to Shawnee Mission. The measures
- passed were entirely in the interest of slavery. Although
- Governor Reeder came to Kansas favoring slavery, he did not
- approve of the methods of the proslavery people. He was
- removed in July, 1855. He was replaced by Wilson Shannon,
- who was in full sympathy with slavery interests. Every
- condition was unfavorable to the free-state people at this
- time.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Spring, Kansas, chap. IV.
- Robinson, The Kansas Conflict, chaps, VI, VII.
- Holloway, History of Kansas, chaps, XII, XIII, XVII.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 87-101.
- Connelley, Kansas Territorial Governors.
- Historical Collections, vol. V, p. 163; vol. VII, p. 361;
- vol. VIII, p. 227.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 79-87.
- Hodder, Government of Kansas, pp. 5-13.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. How is a Territory governed?
-
- 2. Who was the first Territorial Governor of Kansas? How long
- did he serve? What was his attitude toward slavery?
-
- 3. What were the conditions in Kansas when the first Governor
- arrived? How far west did settlements reach at that time?
-
- 4. When was the first election held? What was its purpose? Give
- an account of it.
-
- 5. When was the first census taken and what did it show?
-
- 6. What was the purpose of the second election? Give an account
- of it.
-
- 7. Why was the “Bogus Legislature” so called? Where did it meet?
- What did it do?
-
- 8. Who were some of the proslavery leaders?
-
- 9. Why were these “dark days” for the free-state people?
-
- 10. Who was the new Territorial Governor? With which side did he
- sympathize?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-RIVAL GOVERNMENTS IN KANSAS
-
-
-=The Free-state Plan.= The free-state people decided to ignore the
-proslavery government, and since they were really made outlaws by the
-“Bogus Legislature” they organized another government and sought the
-admission of Kansas as a state. To accomplish this it was necessary to
-draw up a state constitution, which must be approved by the people of
-the Territory and by Congress.
-
-=Free-state Leaders.= A number of meetings were held for the purpose
-of getting the free-state people interested and willing to work
-together. The leaders in these efforts were Dr. Charles Robinson, of
-Lawrence, ex-Governor Reeder, who had come back to Kansas as a
-tireless worker in the free-state cause, and James H. Lane, a man of
-much experience, who had recently come to Kansas. Lane became one of
-the most radical of free-state men and played an important part in
-Kansas affairs for many years.
-
- [Illustration: JAMES H. LANE.]
-
-=The Topeka Constitution, 1855.= In the fall of 1855 a convention was
-held at Topeka, and a state constitution which said, “There shall be
-no slavery in this State,” was drawn up. When a little later the
-Topeka Constitution was submitted to a vote of the people it carried
-by an immense majority. Only free-state people voted, of course, for
-the proslavery people did not recognize any of these acts as having
-any force. Later in the winter state officers were elected under the
-Constitution, Dr. Charles Robinson being made Governor and James H.
-Lane a United States Senator. In the spring of 1856 the Constitution
-was sent to Congress with a request that Kansas be admitted to the
-Union, but the bill making Kansas a state failed to pass.
-
-=The Wakarusa War, 1855.= These were not the only events occurring in
-the Territory. It had become evident early in the fall of 1855 that
-with the people divided into these two groups, each governing itself
-and denying the authority of the other, there would be a conflict. The
-proslavery people had committed several outrages that added to the
-irritation of the free-state people, but the real trouble came with
-the murder of a free-state man. This brought on what was called the
-Wakarusa War.
-
-=The Beginning of the Trouble.= A proslavery man named Coleman shot
-and killed a young free-state man named Dow. This occurred about ten
-miles south of Lawrence. Coleman then fled to Westport, Missouri,
-where he appealed for protection to a man named Jones, who, although
-he lived in Missouri and was the postmaster at Westport, had been
-appointed by the “Bogus Legislature” as sheriff of Douglas County.
-Jones was a border ruffian of the lowest and most dangerous type, and
-had made himself obnoxious to the free-state people by his leadership
-in the fraudulent elections.
-
-=The Arrest of Branson.= In the meantime a friend of Coleman declared
-that his life was threatened by Jacob Branson, an old man with whom
-young Dow had made his home. Thereupon Sheriff Jones arrested Branson,
-but a party of free-state men, indignant because of such high-handed
-proceedings, rescued him and took him to Lawrence.
-
-=Proslavery Hatred of Lawrence.= Of all the settlements in Kansas,
-Lawrence was the most hated by the proslavery people, for it was the
-hotbed of free-state principles and the gathering place of those who
-scorned the Territorial Legislature. There had come to be a general
-proslavery conviction that nothing less than the destruction of this
-town could bring them peace and safety.
-
-=Sheriff Jones Gathers an Army.= Lawrence had nothing to do with any
-of this trouble with the sheriff, but when the rescued Branson was
-taken there it gave the enemy an excuse to threaten the destruction of
-the town. When his prisoner was taken from him, Jones sent a call to
-Missouri for help and asked Governor Shannon for three thousand men to
-“carry out the laws.” The result was that fifteen hundred Missourians
-assembled for the destruction of Lawrence, and camped on the banks of
-the Wakarusa River about three miles south of the town.
-
-=Lawrence Prepares for Defense.= Meanwhile, although Branson and his
-rescuers had left Lawrence and there was not a man in the town for
-whom Jones had a warrant, his army continued to gather, and Lawrence
-prepared for defense. The surrounding settlers came in and the six
-hundred men built fortifications and drilled.
-
-=End of the Wakarusa War.= The army of Jones, “an unwashed, braggart,
-volcanic multitude,” was living off the surrounding country, rifling
-cabins and stealing horses and cattle. The people of Lawrence were
-feeling the burden of the siege also, for with the large number of
-those who had come in from the outside their supplies were being
-rapidly exhausted. Finally two men succeeded in getting through the
-lines of the enemy and reaching the Governor, who was being deceived
-about conditions. Governor Shannon then came to Lawrence, and,
-learning how things really were, took an active part in arranging a
-treaty between the opposing forces, and, to the disgust and
-disappointment of Sheriff Jones, dispersed the proslavery army.
-Without battle or bloodshed, what has since been known as the Wakarusa
-War was over.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- Instead of submitting to the proslavery Territorial
- Government, the free-state people decided to set up another
- government. They held a convention at Topeka and drew up a
- constitution prohibiting slavery. This constitution was
- adopted by the free-state people of the Territory, and then
- sent to Congress with a request that Kansas be admitted to
- the Union. The bill failed to pass. These rival governments
- within the Territory brought on the Wakarusa War, the
- principal events of which were as follows: Coleman shot Dow
- and fled to Jones, sheriff of Douglas County, for
- protection. Jones arrested Dow’s friend Branson, who was
- rescued by free-state men and taken to Lawrence, the town
- most hated by the proslavery people. Jones then gathered an
- army of Missourians for the purpose of destroying Lawrence.
- While both sides were preparing for the struggle, two
- free-state men succeeded in reaching Governor Shannon, who
- came to Lawrence, and, on learning the real condition,
- succeeded in arranging a treaty of peace, and dispersed the
- proslavery army.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 88-92.
- Spring, Kansas.
- Holloway, History of Kansas.
- Tuttle, History of Kansas.
- Gihon, Geary and Kansas.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 101-120.
- Historical Collections, vol. VI, p. 291; vol. VII, p. 521; vol.
- IX, p. 540; vol. X, p. 457.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. Explain what is meant by “rival governments in Kansas.”
-
- 2. What was the purpose of the Topeka Constitution?
-
- 3. Was Kansas admitted under this Constitution?
-
- 4. Who was Charles Robinson? James H. Lane?
-
- 5. What event brought on the Wakarusa War? Why was it so named?
-
- 6. Name five persons connected with this war, and tell something
- of each.
-
- 7. What did Lawrence have to do with the trouble?
-
- 8. Give the events of the Wakarusa War. How was it ended?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-THE PERIOD OF VIOLENCE
-
-
-=The Severe Winter of 1855-’56.= The Wakarusa War closed in December,
-1855. This second winter proved to be an exceedingly severe one, and
-many of the settlers were not sufficiently protected against the
-sudden and intense cold. Most of the houses were hastily constructed,
-one-room log buildings, many of them with dirt floors, and windows and
-doors of cotton cloth. The storms drifted into these cabins through
-numberless chinks and cracks in roof and walls. One of the pioneers,
-writing of that winter, says: “At times, when the winds were bleakest,
-we went to bed as the only escape from freezing. More than once we
-awoke in the morning to find six inches of snow in the cabin. To get
-up, to make one’s toilet under such circumstances, was not a very
-comfortable performance. Often we had little to eat; the wolf was
-never far from our door during that hard winter of 1855-’56.”
-
-=Preparations for Hostilities.= The struggle of the pioneers with the
-hardships of winter closed hostilities for a while, but it soon became
-evident that the Missourians were preparing more extensively than ever
-to invade Kansas, destroy Lawrence, and drive the free-state people
-from the Territory, or force them to recognize the proslavery
-Territorial Government. The free-state people began to gather stores
-and ammunition and to send calls to the northern states for men and
-money to meet the situation.
-
- [Illustration: TERRITORIAL GOVERNORS.
- WILSON SHANNON
- ANDREW H. REEDER JOHN W. GEARY
- JAMES W. DENVER
- ROBT. J. WALKER SAMUEL MEDARY]
-
-=The Sacking of Lawrence, May 21, 1856.= A number of minor conflicts
-occurred. Sheriff Jones was wounded, a young free-state man named
-Barber was killed, and then came the long feared attack upon Lawrence.
-From the beginning the policy of the free-state people had been to
-avoid conflict wherever possible. On this occasion they made every
-attempt to conciliate and to pacify the attacking force, but in vain.
-As the proslavery leaders rode through the town they were invited to
-dinner by Mr. Eldridge, the proprietor of the new $20,000 hotel built
-by the Emigrant Aid Company. They accepted the invitation, and in the
-afternoon the mob completely demolished the hotel. They threw the two
-printing presses of the town into the river, ransacked stores and
-houses, taking whatever they wanted, and before leaving town burned
-Governor Robinson’s home. The financial loss to Lawrence and the
-surrounding country was heavy. Though the people had been oppressed
-and outraged they had not been conquered. By offering no resistance
-they had robbed the affair of any possible justification in the eyes
-of the world.
-
- [Illustration: JOHN BROWN.]
-
-=John Brown.= There was one who bitterly opposed this policy of
-nonresistance, who believed that the way to meet the situation was to
-fight. This was John Brown, a tall, gaunt, grizzled old man who had
-come to Kansas a few weeks before the sacking of Lawrence. Five sons
-had preceded him and had settled near Osawatomie. John Brown came, not
-to aid his sons in their pioneer struggles, nor to make a home for
-himself, but because it seemed to him an opportunity to strike a blow
-at slavery. He hated slavery with an intensity that knew no bounds,
-and he gave all of his mind and energy to warfare against it.
-
-=The Pottawatomie Massacre, May 24, 1856.= The sacking of Lawrence
-roused him to a high pitch of excitement. He believed that this
-outrage should be avenged, and determined to strike a blow, to return
-violence for violence. With a party of seven or eight men, including
-four of his sons, he made a night trip down Pottawatomie Creek where a
-number of proslavery settlers lived. Five of these settlers were
-called out of their houses and killed.
-
-=Beginning of Four Months of Violence.= This kind of warfare was not
-in accordance with the plans or purposes of the leaders of the
-free-state movement, and was not approved by them. News of the awful
-affair spread rapidly through the Territory and created wild
-excitement. The Pottawatomie massacre was followed by a period of
-nearly four months of violence on both sides.
-
-=Both Sides Arm for War.= A band of border ruffians gathered to wreak
-vengeance on those who had taken the lives of the proslavery settlers
-of Pottawatomie Creek. The battle of Black Jack resulted, in which the
-border ruffians were defeated by John Brown and his men. The Missouri
-border hurriedly gathered more forces and marched a well-armed body of
-men into Kansas. The free-state men had been busy, too, and on June 5
-the Missourians were met by a band of armed free-state Kansas
-settlers.
-
-=Armies Dispersed by the Governor.= This alarming state of affairs
-aroused Governor Shannon and he at once ordered both sides to
-disperse. The free-state army disbanded, but the Missourians obeyed
-sullenly, and on their way back to Missouri they committed a number of
-depredations, and pillaged Osawatomie, which they hated because it was
-the home of John Brown.
-
-=Free-state Help from Northern States.= The North was deeply stirred
-by the calamities endured by the free-state people in Kansas. Although
-practically all of the free-state newspapers here had been closed or
-destroyed, the papers in the northern and eastern states were filled
-with narrations of the hardships, robberies, and murders that had
-befallen antislavery settlers in the Territory. The Kansas troubles
-were discussed from the pulpit, and the great preacher, Henry Ward
-Beecher, advised sending rifles to Kansas and pledged his church for a
-definite number. The men thus sent out armed with Bibles and rifles
-were sometimes called “The Rifle Christians.” Public meetings were
-addressed by men fresh from Kansas, among them ex-Governor Reeder, S.
-N. Wood, and James H. Lane. Much sympathy was aroused for the
-suffering free-state settlers. Large sums of money were raised, and
-companies of men were organized to take part in the Territorial
-contest. The movement swept over the states from Boston to the
-Northwest.[12] “Societies of semi-military cast, no less willing to
-furnish guns than groceries, sprang up as if by magic, and
-overshadowed the earlier, more pacific organizations.” As a result of
-these agitations a stream of migration moved toward Kansas during the
-spring and summer of 1856. Every party came prepared for defense, and
-many brought with them a goodly stock of provisions. One writer says
-of the immigrants, “There were fewer women and children, less
-house-luggage, fewer agricultural implements; more men, more arms,
-more ammunition.”
-
-=Missouri River Closed to Free-state Immigration.= These activities of
-the North were viewed with alarm by the proslavery leaders. They
-believed that this inflow of free-state settlers must be checked or it
-would end all hope of making Kansas a slave state. One of the most
-important of the measures they adopted for this purpose was the
-closing of the Missouri River to free-state immigration. They
-overhauled the steamboats and seized merchandise and arms that were
-being sent to free-state people, and they arrested and turned back all
-travelers whom they believed to be unfriendly to the South. All
-overland immigrants received similar treatment as soon as they touched
-Missouri soil.
-
-=New Route to Kansas.= Although this policy occasioned the northern
-people considerable loss and much inconvenience, it did not check the
-movement toward Kansas. It simply meant that the immigrants came
-through Iowa and Nebraska, entering Kansas from the north.
-
-The Southerners also appealed to their people and money was raised and
-men were sent to Kansas, but the response was not to be compared with
-that of the North.
-
-=A Condition of Lawlessness.= While these things were going on, Kansas
-was becoming more and more lawless. It would be hard to say which side
-surpassed the other in misdeeds. A number of free-state leaders,
-including Dr. Robinson, were held at Lecompton during the summer as
-prisoners on a charge of treason. The free-state people were irritated
-by the loss of money, supplies, and mail, through the Missouri
-blockade. Bands of armed proslavery men guarded the roads out of
-Topeka and Lawrence, so that these towns were really in a state of
-siege. These guards lived on supplies taken from the surrounding
-settlers, and cut off supplies sent to the towns so that food became
-very scarce, especially at Lawrence, where the chief article of diet
-for some time was ground oats. Meanwhile, supplies were reaching the
-proslavery towns, Tecumseh, Lecompton, and Franklin, without
-hindrance. It was evident to the free-state people that their enemies
-expected to starve them out of the Territory, and they were stirred to
-retaliate. The free-state guerrillas again began their work of seizing
-the supplies of proslavery settlers and merchants. This was kept up
-until many of the proslavery people were completely impoverished.
-
-=The “Army of the North.”= About the first of August a report that
-Lane was coming with the “Army of the North” spread over the
-Territory. James H. Lane was one of the free-state men who had been in
-the northern states, addressing meetings and raising men and money. He
-was a very eloquent speaker and had influenced many to come to Kansas.
-The “Army of the North” consisted of several hundred men, women, and
-children, most of whom had come to make homes for themselves. This
-army was a combination of several parties that had united to come into
-Kansas over the new route through Iowa and Nebraska. Lane was with the
-party, but only a small number were armed or had been gathered by him.
-
-=A Proslavery Army Gathers.= The proslavery leaders began to rally
-their men along the border. The following sentences are taken from one
-of the calls they published: “Lane’s men have arrived! Civil war is
-begun! And we call on all who are not prepared to see their friends
-butchered, to be themselves driven from their homes, to rally to the
-rescue.” A large number of men soon gathered on the border, anxiously
-awaiting permission to move into Kansas; but as Governor Shannon had
-dispersed the Missouri army a few weeks earlier, he now refused to
-issue orders for the new army to move into the Territory.
-
-=Governor Shannon Resigns.= About this time Governor Shannon resigned.
-He had so displeased the proslavery people that he was compelled to
-flee for his life under cover of night. Daniel Woodson, Secretary of
-the Territory, now became Acting Governor until the new Governor
-should arrive. As he was in full sympathy with proslavery interests he
-opened the Territory to the Missouri invasion. Woodson’s power lasted
-only three weeks, but they were the darkest days that Kansas had
-experienced.
-
-=The Burning of Osawatomie.= The proslavery army moved into Kansas.
-The Pottawatomie massacre had not been forgotten, and when this army
-reached Osawatomie, “the headquarters of old Brown,” they attacked the
-town. John Brown had only forty-one men, and so thoroughly did the
-enemy do their work this time that only four cabins escaped burning.
-
-=Arrival of Governor Geary, September, 1856.= At this time the new
-Territorial Governor, John W. Geary, arrived. Governor Geary described
-the situation that he found on his arrival in the following words: “I
-reached Kansas and entered upon the discharge of my official duties in
-the most gloomy hour of her history. Desolation and ruin reigned on
-every hand; homes and firesides were deserted; the smoke of burning
-dwellings darkened the atmosphere; women and children, driven from
-their habitations, wandered over the prairies and among the woodlands,
-or sought refuge even among the Indian tribes. The highways were
-infested with numerous predatory bands, and the towns were fortified
-and garrisoned by armies of conflicting partisans, each excited almost
-to frenzy, and determined upon mutual extermination. Such was, without
-exaggeration, the condition of the Territory at the period of my
-arrival.”
-
-=Conditions in the Territory.= In the meantime the big body of armed
-Missourians was moving forward and the proslavery settlers were
-gathering in answer to a call that closed with these words: “Then let
-every man who can bear arms be off to the war again. Let it be the
-third and last time. Let the watchword be, ‘Extermination, total and
-complete,’” The free-state people were scattered, unorganized, and but
-scantily supplied with arms and provisions, and were therefore in no
-condition to meet such a force. Fortunately, the new Governor, whose
-policy was that of fair play, at once ordered all bodies of armed men
-to disband.
-
-=Preparations for the Defense of Lawrence.= The Missourians, however,
-continued to move toward Lawrence. The Governor then took some United
-States troops and went to Lawrence, which he found in an almost
-defenseless condition. The town was poorly fortified, with few
-provisions and not more than ten rounds of ammunition. Even the women
-and children were armed. There were not more than three hundred
-people, but there seemed to be no thought of surrender. They would
-either repulse the enemy or perish in the attempt. The arrival of the
-Governor with United States soldiers brought unexpected relief.
-
-=End of the Reign of Violence, September, 1856.= On the morning of
-September 15, Governor Geary marched out to the Missouri army encamped
-about three miles from Lawrence, held a conference with the leaders,
-and insisted that his orders for disbanding be obeyed. The Missourians
-consented, and the force of twenty-seven hundred well-equipped men
-went home. Thus ended the four months’ reign of violence[13] that had
-begun with the sacking of Lawrence in May. The threatened attack on
-Lawrence was the last organized effort of the Missourians to take
-Kansas by force. Both sides soon gave up their plundering expeditions,
-travel became safer and property more secure. For a time peace settled
-down over the Territory, and Governor Geary, believing that order was
-entirely restored to Kansas, appointed November 20 “as a day of
-general praise and thanksgiving to Almighty God.” With the close of
-the period of violence a little less than two and a half years had
-passed since the organization of Kansas as a territory in the spring
-of 1854.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- Hostilities were renewed in the spring of 1856. The
- Missourians prepared for invasion, and the free-state people
- for defense. Several minor conflicts were followed by the
- sacking of Lawrence, to which the free-state people offered
- no resistance. This policy was not approved by John Brown.
- He counseled revenge and the Pottawatomie massacre followed.
- Then began a four months’ “reign of terror.” Several
- conflicts followed, among them the battle of Black Jack. An
- army was hurriedly gathered by each side, but Governor
- Shannon ordered them to disperse. The sympathy of the whole
- North was aroused, and men and money poured into Kansas.
- This led to the closing of Missouri to free-state travel,
- and the newcomers entered Kansas through Nebraska. During
- this time both sides were committing many outrages and there
- was a constant condition of lawlessness. The coming of the
- “Army of the North” resulted in the gathering of a large
- army from Missouri called “the 2700.” Governor Shannon
- resigned, and Acting Governor Woodson permitted this army to
- enter Kansas, and it marched toward Lawrence, pillaging
- Osawatomie as it passed. While Lawrence was awaiting attack,
- Geary, the new Governor, arrived and ordered the army
- disbanded. This ended the period of violence.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 93-108.
- Spring, Kansas.
- Robinson, The Kansas Conflict.
- Mrs. Robinson, Kansas――Its Interior and Exterior Life.
- Blackmar, The Life of Charles Robinson.
- Connelley, James Henry Lane, the Grim Chieftain of Kansas.
- Connelley, John Brown.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 120-125.
- Ingalls, Writings, pp. 76-92, 228-262.
- McCarter, A Wall of Men. (A novel.)
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. When did the Wakarusa War close?
-
- 2. Describe the winter of 1855-’56.
-
- 3. What conditions came with the spring?
-
- 4. Give an account of the sacking of Lawrence.
-
- 5. Who was John Brown? Why did he come to Kansas? What was the
- Pottawatomie massacre? What do you know of John Brown other
- than what is given in this book?
-
- 6. Give an account of the battle of Black Jack, the gathering of
- armies, and the pillaging of Osawatomie.
-
- 7. What free-state assistance was given by the North?
-
- 8. What measure did this lead Missouri to take?
-
- 9. What was the “Army of the North”?
-
- 10. What was “the 2700”? Who permitted this force to enter
- Kansas?
-
- 11. Give an account of the second attack on Osawatomie.
-
- 12. Name the Territorial Governors up to this time.
-
- 13. Who was the new Governor? How did he describe the conditions
- that he found in Kansas?
-
- 14. How was Lawrence threatened? What became of the army?
-
- 15. When did the period of violence close?
-
- 16. What condition followed?
-
- 17. How long was this after the organization of the Territory?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-THE PERIOD OF POLITICAL CONTESTS
-
-
-=Beginning of the Political Period, 1857.= The Missourians had given
-up hope of conquering Kansas by force. After the close of the period
-of violence the contest became almost entirely a political struggle
-between the proslavery and the free-state settlers, each side trying
-to win Kansas by securing control of its government. The next few
-years were filled with conventions, elections, and political schemes.
-
-=Governor Geary Leaves the Territory.= The second Territorial
-Legislature met at Lecompton in the opening days of 1857. Because of
-Governor Geary’s efforts to be just to both sides, the Legislature did
-everything possible to annoy and harass him. The free-state men
-rallied to his support, but conditions soon became so intolerable that
-one night in March, after having been in office about six months, he
-made a hasty escape from Kansas. Governor Geary had found Kansas in a
-deplorable condition and left it not greatly improved, but he had
-attempted to do justice to all. His place was taken by Governor
-Walker, who arrived in May.
-
-=A Proslavery Constitution Prepared, 1857.= Up to this time the only
-attempt to get Kansas admitted as a state was the effort of the
-free-state men under the Topeka Constitution, but the proslavery
-people had long been planning to draw up a constitution under which
-they might secure the admission of Kansas as a slave state. The
-Territorial Legislature provided for a constitutional convention,
-which met at Lecompton in September, 1857, and prepared what was
-called the Lecompton Constitution.
-
-=The First Free-state Territorial Legislature.= Two important events
-were to take place in the fall of 1857: the election of a new
-Territorial Legislature, and the vote on the Lecompton Constitution.
-When election day came, United States troops were stationed in the
-different precincts to prevent illegal voting and invasions from
-Missouri. Under Governor Walker’s promise of a fair election, both
-parties voted for the first time since the fraudulent election in the
-spring of 1855. The result was a free-state victory, and the first
-time Kansas was to have a free-state Legislature. This result was not
-achieved without many protests and threats from the proslavery people,
-who now became afraid to submit their Lecompton Constitution to a
-vote, for it was clear that the free-state people were largely in the
-majority and would defeat it.
-
-=Fear to Submit the Lecompton Constitution.= After a number of
-meetings and debates among themselves, the proslavery people decided
-to get around this difficulty by not submitting the Constitution at
-all, but by offering instead these two statements to choose between:
-“The Constitution with slavery,” or “The Constitution without
-slavery.”
-
-=Each Side Holds an Election.= This gave the free-state people no
-chance to vote against the Constitution as a whole, and of course
-their indignation was aroused. The election was held in December,
-1857. The free-state men refused to vote, and after several meetings
-and a special session of their new free-state Legislature the
-free-state people appointed a day in January, 1858, for an election to
-decide for or against the Constitution. This time the proslavery party
-refused to vote. Thus each side held an election and carried its point
-by a big majority.
-
-=End of the Lecompton Constitution.= No attention was paid to the
-defeat of the Constitution at the hands of the free-state people, and
-it was sent to Congress. After a long discussion Congress attached a
-number of conditions to the Constitution and sent it back to Kansas to
-be voted on by all the people. Of the 13,000 votes cast at this
-election, which was held August 2, 1858, more than 11,000 were against
-it. This ended the second attempt to get Kansas admitted as a state.
-
-=The Leavenworth Constitution, 1858.= While the Lecompton Constitution
-was pending in Congress, the free-state people concluded that it was
-time for them to try their hands at constitution making again. During
-the winter and spring of 1858 they produced the Leavenworth
-Constitution, but it was not favorably received by the people of
-Kansas and was never voted on by either house of Congress.
-
-=Trouble in Southeastern Kansas.= These events of Territorial history
-occurred within a small area. With Lawrence as a center, a circle with
-a radius of thirty miles would include virtually all of them. Another
-part of Kansas, the southeastern, including what is now Miami, Linn
-and Bourbon counties, came into prominence at this time and showed
-that the period of bloodshed was not yet past. The southeastern part
-of the Territory had been settled largely by proslavery people, but
-gradually the Northerners began to come in. The proslavery people
-frequently made raids on them, the free-state settlers retaliated, and
-southern Kansas was soon in the midst of a guerrilla warfare. The
-free-state people engaged in this warfare came to be known as
-Jayhawkers.[14] Their leader was a man named James Montgomery.
-
-=The Marais des Cygnes Massacre.= These conditions continued until in
-the spring of 1858. While the Lecompton and Leavenworth constitutions
-were being considered in the Territory, there occurred in Linn County
-the Marais des Cygnes massacre, the most shocking and bloody event of
-the whole Territorial period. A Southerner named Hamelton made up a
-list of free-state men whom he planned to seize and execute. On May
-19, almost two years to the day after the Pottawatomie massacre by
-John Brown, Hamelton with a gang of Missourians captured eleven of the
-free-state men, marched them to a near-by gulch, lined them up and
-fired a volley. Five men were killed, five were wounded, and one
-remained unharmed. This terrible deed created great excitement, and an
-unsuccessful attempt was made to capture Hamelton and his men.[15]
-
-=Order Restored.= Steps were taken to bring about a more settled
-condition in southeastern Kansas. Though several other outrages took
-place, none of them was so barbarous as the Marais des Cygnes
-massacre, and order was gradually restored.
-
-=Proslavery and Free-state Names Dropped.= During the trouble over the
-Lecompton Constitution in the closing days of 1857 Governor Walker was
-compelled to resign, and in the autumn of 1858 Governor Denver, who
-succeeded him, voluntarily resigned. Although Denver was the fifth
-Territorial Governor, he was the first one who had not been compelled
-to give up his office. This was one of the indications that better
-days were beginning in Kansas. Lawlessness was practically over. The
-South was no longer hopeful of making Kansas a slave state. The
-settlers dropped the terms proslavery and free-state, and identified
-themselves with the National political parties.
-
-=The Wyandotte Constitution, 1859.= In the summer of the next year,
-1859, a fourth constitutional convention was held at Wyandotte. There
-was less hard feeling now between the two factions, and the members of
-this convention were from both political parties, Democrat and
-Republican. It was generally conceded by this time that Kansas was to
-be a free state, and the new Constitution contained the words, “There
-shall be no slavery in this State; and no involuntary servitude,
-except for crime, whereof the party shall have been duly convicted.”
-This was called the Wyandotte Constitution, and when it was submitted
-to the people in the fall a large majority of the votes were cast in
-favor of it.
-
-=Kansas Admitted to the Union, January 29, 1861.= But the question was
-not yet settled, for Congress had to vote on the admission of Kansas
-under the Wyandotte Constitution. These events took place in the
-closing days of 1859, only a little more than a year before the
-beginning of the Civil War. Relations between the North and the South
-had become strained almost to the breaking point. The Congressmen from
-the South had given up hope of making Kansas a slave state, but they
-were certainly not anxious to admit it as a free state, and
-consequently a year passed before the Wyandotte Constitution of Kansas
-was acted upon. Finally, in January, 1861, some of the southern states
-seceded from the Union and their representatives and senators withdrew
-from Congress, leaving a free-state majority. The bill for the
-admission of Kansas under the Wyandotte Constitution was at once
-called up and passed. The next day it was signed by President
-Buchanan, and on January 29, 1861, Kansas became a state.
-
-=First State Officers.= In December, 1859, shortly after the people
-had voted to adopt the Wyandotte Constitution, they held an election
-to choose state officers to act whenever Kansas should be admitted to
-the Union. For Governor they chose Dr. Charles Robinson, who had so
-faithfully served the free-state cause throughout the long but
-successful struggle. The first United States senators from Kansas were
-two other well-known free-state men, James H. Lane and Samuel C.
-Pomeroy. The Wyandotte Constitution designated Topeka as the temporary
-capital. An election was held in November, 1861, for the purpose of
-selecting a permanent capital. Topeka received 7996 votes, Lawrence
-5291, and all other places 1184. Thus Topeka became the capital of
-Kansas.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The first two and a half years of the Territorial period
- were spent in the warfare which was practically closed when
- Governor Geary sent “the 2700” home. The last four months of
- the two and a half years formed the “period of violence.”
- The next three years were given to the political struggle
- which ended with the adoption of the Wyandotte Constitution.
- During the remaining year the people went about their work,
- while this Constitution was pending in Congress. In 1857,
- early in the political period, the free-state people
- succeeded, for the first time, in electing the Legislature.
- The proslavery people prepared the Lecompton Constitution,
- but submitted to the people only two statements concerning
- it. The free-state people refused to vote, but held another
- election, at which the proslavery people refused to vote.
- After the Lecompton Constitution was returned from Congress
- it was voted on by both factions and defeated. In the
- meantime the free-state people submitted the Leavenworth
- Constitution, which was defeated. During the last six months
- of the political period the Wyandotte Constitution was
- prepared, adopted, and sent to Congress. This was in 1859.
- More than a year passed before Congress acted on the matter;
- then, January 29, 1861, Kansas became a state.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Spring, Kansas.
- Robinson, The Kansas Conflict.
- Mrs. Robinson, Kansas――Its Interior and Exterior Life.
- Holloway, History of Kansas.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 107-143.
- Muzzey, American History, pp. 379-412.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 155-179.
- Ingalls, Writings, pp. 443-465.
- Historical Collections, vol. VI, p. 365; vol. VIII, pp. 331, 443;
- vol. X, pp. 169, 216; vol. XI, p. 47; vol. XII, p. 331.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. How long was Kansas a territory? Into what periods may this
- time be divided?
-
- 2. Was Lecompton a proslavery or a free-state town? Of which
- faction was the second Legislature? How did the Legislature
- treat Governor Geary? Who succeeded him?
-
- 3. What was the result of the election for a third Territorial
- Legislature?
-
- 4. When and by whom was the Lecompton Constitution made? Why was
- it not submitted as a whole? What became of it?
-
- 5. Give an account of the Leavenworth Constitution.
-
- 6. Within about what area did all these events occur? Show this
- on a map of Kansas.
-
- 7. Give an account of the troubles in southeastern Kansas. Who
- were the Jayhawkers?
-
- 8. Give an account of the Marais des Cygnes massacre.
-
- 9. What were the conditions in Kansas by the opening of 1859?
-
- 10. What was the last constitution made in Kansas? When and by
- whom was it made?
-
- 11. When was Kansas admitted to the Union?
-
- 12. Who was the first State Governor?
-
- 13. How was the State capital selected?
-
-
-
-
- THE HOMES OF KANSAS
-
- The cabin homes of Kansas!
- How modestly they stood,
- Along the sunny hillsides,
- Or nestled in the wood.
- They sheltered men and women,
- Brave-hearted pioneers;
- Each one became a landmark
- Of Freedom’s trial years.
-
- The sod-built homes of Kansas!
- Though built of mother earth,
- Within their walls so humble
- Are souls of sterling worth.
- Though poverty and struggle
- May be the builder’s lot,
- The sod house is a castle,
- Where failure enters not.
-
- The dugout homes of Kansas!
- The lowliest of all,
- They hold the homestead title
- As firm as marble hall.
- Those dwellers in the cavern,
- Beneath the storms and snows,
- Shall make the desert places
- To blossom as the rose.
-
- The splendid homes of Kansas!
- How proudly now they stand
- Amid the fields and orchards,
- All o’er the smiling land.
- They rose up where the cabins
- Once marked the virgin soil,
- And are the fitting emblems
- Of patient years of toil.
-
- God bless the homes of Kansas!
- From poorest to the best;
- The cabin of the border,
- The sod house of the west;
- The dugout, low and lonely,
- The mansion, grand and great;
- The hands that laid their hearthstones
- Have built a mighty State.
- ――SOL MILLER.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-PIONEER LIFE
-
- [Illustration: A DUGOUT.]
-
-
-=Comforts of Life Receive Little Attention.= The seven Territorial
-years had brought freedom to Kansas, but the struggle had left the
-pioneers little time or strength for building better homes, improving
-their farms, or establishing public institutions. The energy that
-might have accomplished these things had been given to fighting and to
-politics. When Kansas became a State, the people had almost as few of
-the comforts of life as when they first came to the Territory. A few
-of them had come with little idea of the hardships and privations of
-frontier life, and others had believed that such conditions would last
-but a short time. Many of these, of course, grew discouraged and
-returned to their eastern homes. But the great body of Kansas pioneers
-had come with the twofold purpose of securing homes and making a free
-state, and were not to be discouraged. They had come to stay.
-
- [Illustration: IN PIONEER DAYS.]
-
-=Conditions of Living During the ’50’s.= Frontier life is always hard,
-but it was made many times harder in Kansas by the years of strife and
-warfare. The inconveniences and hardships were especially severe
-outside the towns. In these days of railways and good roads, of the
-telegraph and the telephone, it is difficult to realize what life on
-the prairies meant in the ’50’s. Post offices and mail routes came
-slowly, and for many of the settlers a trip for mail and provisions
-meant a journey of two or three days, or even longer, with an ox team.
-Neighbors were often many miles apart. Nearly every one’s supply of
-farming implements was scanty, and to replace a broken ax might
-require a trip of from twenty-five to fifty miles. In the winter these
-journeys were often accompanied with danger and suffering. Streams
-were without bridges and many of the fords were deep and treacherous.
-Fences were few and roads were mere trails over the prairies, so when
-the blizzard swept across the country, piling its drifts of snow and
-obliterating every landmark, the unfortunate traveler was in great
-danger of losing his way. Getting a farm under cultivation was slow
-work at best. Since most of the settlers brought but little money with
-them they had to trust to raising a crop, and if sickness or drouth or
-raids made it impossible to raise the crop, want and suffering
-followed.
-
-The privations, the sacrifices, and the loneliness of pioneer life
-fell most heavily on the women. Business and necessity brought the men
-together occasionally, but the pioneer woman in the isolation of her
-prairie home often saw no friendly face for months at a time. There
-was much sickness and death, especially among women and children,
-resulting from the combination of poor food, uncomfortable houses,
-homesickness, and excitement arising from the many dangers. The cost
-of transportation was so great that only the most necessary articles
-were brought from the East. Most furniture was home-made and cooking
-was done over an open fireplace. Corn bread and bacon with occasional
-game and wild fruits were the usual foods. In wet seasons there was
-much fever and ague. Sometimes a whole family would be sick at the
-same time, with no neighbors near enough to help and no physician
-within many miles.
-
-=The Drouth of 1859-’60.= Each year during the Territorial period the
-crops raised were barely sufficient to keep the people through the
-winter. There was no surplus at any time, and when the summer of 1859
-brought a drouth, a famine resulted. Through all the hard struggle the
-people had believed that as soon as the strife and political
-difficulties were over, prosperity would come. However, with the
-dawning of peace in the Territory there came the most severe drouth
-that has ever been known in the West. It began in June, 1859, and from
-that time until November, 1860, a period of more than sixteen months,
-not enough rain fell at any one time to wet the earth to a depth of
-more than two inches. Two light snows fell during the winter, but
-neither was heavy enough to cover the ground. The ground became so dry
-that it broke open in great cracks, wells and springs went dry, and
-the crops were a total failure.
-
- [Illustration: A SOD HOUSE.]
-
-=Effect of the Drouth on Kansas Settlers.= There were at this time
-nearly 100,000 people in Kansas, and to fully 60,000 of them the
-drouth finally meant that they must receive help or starve. They had
-been able to fight border ruffians, but they could not fight
-starvation. After a year of the drouth they began to give up and go
-back East. During the fall of 1860 no fewer than 30,000 settlers
-abandoned their claims and the improvements that had been made at the
-expense of so much labor, and left Kansas. There were still 30,000
-people here for whom charity was necessary. All this brought bitter
-disappointment to the people who had come to Kansas with high hopes
-and willing hands.
-
-=Aid Sent from the East.= As soon as the true condition of affairs was
-known in the East a movement was begun for the relief of the
-sufferers. Many states responded liberally, and immense quantities of
-provisions and clothes were sent here to be distributed. Hundreds of
-bushels of seed wheat were furnished. Besides all of the public help,
-many relatives and friends sent supplies to the pioneers.
-Nevertheless, there were many that winter who barely escaped
-starvation.
-
-=Drouth Retards Development of Kansas.= Great as was the suffering
-from disappointment and want, the drouth brought another evil; it
-threw Kansas back in its development. Not only had a third of the
-population left the Territory, but the accounts given by those who
-returned tended to discourage others from coming. The old stories
-about the “Great American Desert” were revived. Kansas was looked upon
-as a place of drouth and famine, and for several years the number of
-immigrants was much decreased.
-
-=Statehood Begins.= All this was taking place while the Wyandotte
-Constitution was being considered. Kansas was admitted as a State on
-January 29, 1861, at the close of the terrible drouth. Through the
-winter and spring of 1861 supplies continued to come in from other
-states, and included seeds for the spring planting. An excellent
-season followed. It might be thought that at last the Kansas settlers
-were to have an opportunity to cultivate their farms, build homes, and
-make their new State a place of peace and prosperity. But not so;
-Kansas was again to suffer from the troubles of the Nation. The
-opening of the Civil War was near.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The fighting and political strife of the Territorial period
- left the people little opportunity for building up the
- country. Statehood found frontier life but little improved.
- The early settlers came to secure homes and to make Kansas a
- free state, and were not easily discouraged. The drouth of
- 1859-’60 caused nearly a third of the 100,000 Kansas
- settlers to leave the Territory, and another third had to be
- given aid from the East. Immigration to Kansas was greatly
- decreased for a time. A good crop year followed, but Kansas
- had yet to pass through the Civil War before it could enjoy
- peace.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Andreas, History of Kansas, County Histories.
- Cordley, Pioneering in Kansas.
- Hunt, Kansas History for Children.
- Historical Collections, vol. IX, pp. 33, 126; vol. XII, p. 353.
- Mrs. Robinson, Kansas――Its Interior and Exterior Life.
- Ropes, Six Months in Kansas.
-
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What had been the chief interest of the Kansas people during
- the Territorial period?
-
- 2. What were the chief reasons for people coming to Kansas?
-
- 3. Discuss the conditions under which the pioneers lived,
- including travel, roads, bridges, fences, money, social life,
- houses, furniture, food, and health.
-
- 4. Give an account of the drouth of 1859-’60. How long did it
- last?
-
- 5. What was the population of Kansas in 1860?
-
- 6. What was the effect of the drouth on Kansas?
-
- 7. What have you read of pioneer conditions other than in this
- book?
-
- 8. What have you learned about early Kansas conditions from
- talking with people?
-
- 9. What new burden came with the beginning of statehood?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-KANSAS IN THE CIVIL WAR
-
-
-=Beginning of the Civil War.= Just before Kansas was admitted several
-of the southern states seceded from the Union. The trouble between the
-North and the South had reached the point where it could no longer be
-compromised. Other states seceded, and when, on April 12, 1861, Fort
-Sumter was fired upon, the Civil War had begun.
-
-=Part Taken by Kansas in the Civil War.= A state that had just passed
-through nearly seven years of Territorial struggle closing with a
-famine would hardly be expected to take an active part in a great war,
-but the Kansas people had been battling over the slavery question,
-and, being deeply interested in the outcome, were ready to take up
-arms in defense of the principle of freedom. Every call for soldiers
-to defend the Union was liberally responded to in Kansas. This State
-furnished more soldiers in proportion to its population than did any
-other State. During the four years of the war Kansas furnished a few
-more than twenty thousand men, nearly four thousand more than were
-asked for, and all of them were volunteers. The poverty in the Kansas
-homes made it especially hard for families to be left unprovided for,
-and as much honor is due the women who stayed at home to work as is
-due the men who marched away to fight. The Kansas soldiers did duty on
-many battle-fields, and so conducted themselves as to bring much
-credit to their State. During the war Kansas was exposed to three
-lines of danger; invasions by the regular Confederate army, attacks by
-the unorganized border troops, and Indian raids on the frontier.
-
- [Illustration: Bust of Abraham Lincoln
- Underwood & Underwood, N. Y.
-
- “‘A house divided against itself cannot stand.’ I believe
- this government cannot endure permanently half slave and
- half free. I do not expect the Union to be dissolved; I do
- not expect the house to fall; but I do expect it will cease
- to be divided.”
- ――_Abraham Lincoln._]
-
-=The Quantrill Raid, August 21, 1863.= For Kansas people the Civil War
-meant a continuation of the border troubles. Gangs of ruffians
-plundered and destroyed property, and frequently committed worse
-crimes. These acts reached a climax in the destruction of Lawrence on
-August 21, 1863. The raid on Lawrence was led by Quantrill, a border
-ruffian who had taken an active part in the guerrilla warfare, and who
-with his men had sacked several smaller towns along the border. With
-about four hundred and fifty mounted men Quantrill crossed the border
-in the late afternoon of August 20, and proceeded toward Lawrence.
-Just before sunrise the raiders reached a hill only a mile from the
-town. It is strange that they could have made the ride of forty miles
-through Kansas settlements without a word of warning reaching
-Lawrence, but such was the case. When Quantrill and his men halted
-within pistol shot of the houses of Lawrence to plan their attack, the
-people suspected no danger. There was no armed organization within the
-city, and all firearms were locked in the arsenal.
-
-The attack began with a wild charge on the town. Horsemen rode through
-the streets at top speed, shooting in every direction. Then they
-divided into small gangs and scattered over the town under orders to
-“burn every house and kill every man.” The horror of what followed has
-seldom been equaled in the warfare of civilized people. When the
-people of Lawrence realized that their town was in the possession of
-Quantrill’s band they expected that it would be burned and a few
-prominent citizens killed, but wholesale murder was not looked for,
-and many who might have escaped remained and were killed. For four
-hours the ruffians robbed buildings, shot the occupants, and applied
-the torch. Every house was a scene of brutality or of remarkable
-escape. When the work of butchery and destruction was finished,
-Quantrill and his men retreated toward Missouri, mounted on stolen
-horses and heavily laden with plunder. They kept up their work of
-destruction by burning farmhouses as they passed. A few troops
-followed them, but the raiders escaped across the border.
-
-=Loss from the Raid.= The number of lives lost can never be known with
-certainty, but it was about one hundred and fifty. Many were seriously
-wounded. The loss of property was variously estimated from one to two
-million dollars. The work of rebuilding the town was immediately
-begun, and with all their poverty the people of the State gave
-generously to the stricken citizens of Lawrence.
-
-=General Price Threatens Kansas.= Kansas was too far away from the
-center of conflict of the Civil War to become the scene of great
-battles, but it was from time to time threatened with invasion by the
-regular Confederate army. During the last year of the war, General
-Price, with a large Confederate force, marched northward through
-Arkansas into Missouri. When it was reported that he was moving
-westward, Kansas issued a call for more soldiers. The response was
-immediate. More than 16,000 men appeared for service. A force of
-Kansas troops marched into Missouri and met Price’s army in battle at
-Lexington. As the armies moved westward other battles were fought at
-the Little Blue and at the Big Blue, and again at Kansas City and
-Westport, after which Price was forced to retreat southward. He was
-followed by the Union army. He crossed into Kansas in Linn County, and
-skirmishes took place at Trading Post Ford, at the Mounds, and at Mine
-Creek. Price was then forced into Missouri again, where he was soon
-defeated.
-
- [Illustration: THE COUNTIES OF KANSAS AT THE CLOSE OF THE CIVIL
- WAR.]
-
-=End of the Civil War, 1865.= In April, 1865, the great war came to a
-close, after lasting almost exactly four years. The questions of
-slavery and disunion were finally settled. The whole nation was
-thankful to lay down its arms and go back home, “to drop the sword and
-grasp the plow,” but this was especially true of Kansas, where the
-people had been doing battle over the slavery question for eleven
-years. The Territorial period and the Civil War period made one
-continuous conflict. With the heavy drain on resources and population,
-it was not to be expected that Kansas would make much growth or
-progress during the Civil War. Development could little more than
-equal waste and loss. The population of Kansas numbered about 100,000
-at the beginning of the war, and about 136,000 at the close. There had
-been little improvement in the manner of living during the four years.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The Civil War began within three months after Kansas became
- a state. Although Kansas had had no opportunity to recover
- from the Territorial struggle, it took an active part in the
- war. General Price threatened to invade Kansas with a large
- Confederate force, but did not succeed. The Indians
- committed depredations on the western frontier. The worst
- feature of the war was the border trouble, of which the
- Quantrill raid was the climax. During the four years of the
- Civil War Kansas did not make a large gain in population or
- in progress.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 179-215.
- Blackmar, Life of Robinson.
- Crawford, Kansas in the Sixties.
- Cordley, History of Lawrence.
- Connelley, Quantrill and the Border Wars.
- Historical Collections, vol. VIII, pp. 271, 352; vol. IX, pp.
- 430, 455; vol. XI, p. 217; vol. V, p. 116; vol. VI, pp. 305,
- 317.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 143-168.
- Spring, Kansas, chap. XIII.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. When did the Civil War begin? How long was this after Kansas
- had become a state?
-
- 2. What part did Kansas take in the war? Explain.
-
- 3. What were the three classes of danger to which Kansas was
- exposed? Discuss each.
-
- 4. To which of these does the Price campaign belong?
-
- 5. Who was General Price? Give an account of his threatened
- invasion of Kansas.
-
- 6. Who was Quantrill? Give an account of his raid on Lawrence.
-
- 7. How long did the Civil War last?
-
- 8. How long had it been since Kansas was opened for settlement?
- What progress had been made?
-
- 9. What was the population of Kansas in 1865?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-KANSAS SINCE THE CIVIL WAR
-
-
-=Beginning of this Period.= Nearly three score years have passed since
-the close of the Civil War; a period of work, growth, and progress.
-The earlier years in Kansas were but a time of preparation, and with
-the end of the war the people were at last free to turn their
-attention to farming or to other occupations. Hundreds of new settlers
-poured into the State each year. Little pioneer homes dotted the
-eastern part of the State more and more thickly and the line of
-settlement moved rapidly westward.
-
-=Indian Troubles on the Frontier.= As the white-topped wagons of the
-immigrants became more numerous the Indian and the buffalo were pushed
-farther on. But the red man did not give up his hunting ground without
-a struggle. The encroachments of the settlers had long been resented.
-Even before the close of the Civil War, while the soldiers were needed
-elsewhere, the Indians had begun their depredations on the frontier.
-In 1865 and 1866 settlements were attacked in Republic and Cloud
-counties, stock was driven away, much property was destroyed, and a
-number of people were killed. The few settlers on their scattered
-claims were poorly armed, and, with no soldiers near to protect them,
-they were in constant fear of wandering tribes of hostile Indians.
-
- [Illustration: Great Seal of the State of Kansas
- It has long been customary for each nation to have a great seal.
- The United States has one, as has also each of the states. A seal
- is used to make an impression on a document as a sign of its
- genuineness. The design for the Great Seal of Kansas was adopted
- by the first State Legislature. The thirty-four stars represent
- the thirty-four states comprising the Union at that time. The
- scene is supposed to typify the settlement and growth of the
- State. The motto “_Ad astra per aspera_,” meaning “To the stars
- through difficulties,” is peculiarly descriptive of the state’s
- history.]
-
-=Open War with the Indians.= The next year United States troops were
-sent to protect the frontier. They drove the Indians back and
-destroyed one of their villages. This only made the red men eager for
-revenge, and they began an open war on all settlers, immigrant trains,
-traders, and travelers. Robberies and murders were committed along the
-whole frontier, particularly in the Republican, Solomon, and Smoky
-Hill valleys, and in Marion, Butler and Greenwood counties. Travel
-over the Santa Fe and other westward trails almost ceased and the line
-of settlement was pushed eastward many miles. Many tribes engaged in
-these attacks. They dashed into the State from north or south or west,
-committed their cruelties, and were gone.
-
-=The Broken Treaty.= At one time the Government made a treaty with
-several tribes by which they were removed to a reservation in the
-Indian Territory, but were to have the privilege of hunting in Kansas
-as far north as the Arkansas River, and were also to be provided with
-arms. They kept their promise of peace only until they could get ready
-for another attack, and while part of them were being supplied with
-arms at one of the forts the rest were engaged in a most heartless and
-bloody raid on the northwestern settlements.
-
-=The Indians Subdued.= This led Governor Crawford to organize several
-companies of Kansas volunteers and to ask for more United States
-soldiers. Later a regiment of Kansas volunteer cavalry was called for,
-and on November 4, 1868, Governor Crawford resigned his office to take
-command of this, the Nineteenth Regiment. After considerable fighting
-the Indians were finally subdued, and by 1870 the trouble was
-practically ended. There were a few outbreaks from time to time, but
-none of them was very serious. During this contest, which had lasted
-from 1864 to 1869, the lives of more than a thousand Kansas settlers
-had been lost, a great deal of property had been destroyed, and the
-westward movement of settlement had been greatly retarded.
-
- [Illustration: A PRAIRIE STREAM, COMMON IN THE WESTERN PART OF
- THE STATE.]
-
-=The Homestead Law, 1862.= Shortly after the admission of Kansas to
-the Union, Congress passed a measure that had a wonderful effect on
-the growth of the State. This measure was the Homestead Law, passed in
-1862. This law provides that any person who is the head of a family,
-or who is twenty-one years of age, and who is a citizen of the United
-States or has declared his intention to become such, may acquire a
-tract of one hundred and sixty acres of public land on condition of
-settlement, cultivation, and occupancy as a home for a period of five
-years, and on payment of certain moderate fees. It also provides that
-the time that any settler has served in the army or navy may be
-deducted from the five years. Previous to 1862 settlers bought their
-claims of the Government. The liberal provisions of the Homestead Law
-attracted thousands of settlers to Kansas. Many of the newcomers were
-young men who had been in the army.[16] Many of them were foreigners
-newly arrived in America, while thousands of others came from the
-eastern or central states. Nearly all of them were poor. Many had
-scarcely enough to provide for themselves until the harvesting of
-their first crop. But they were full of hope and ambition, and were
-willing to undertake the toil and privations of pioneer life for the
-chance to make real their dreams of a home on the Kansas prairies.
-
- [Illustration: A TIMBERED STREAM, COMMON IN THE EASTERN AND
- CENTRAL PARTS OF THE STATE.]
-
-=Many Drouths in the Early Years.= The task of turning the bare plains
-into fertile fields was a heavy one, and the brave people who began it
-endured many hardships and met many discouragements and disappointments.
-Severe drouths were of frequent occurrence in the early days, and hot
-winds often swept across the country. The year 1869 was dry, with a
-partial failure of crops, and in 1874 came a long dry spell, followed
-in the late summer by a scourge of grasshoppers.
-
- [Illustration: STATE GOVERNORS. 1861-1877.
- THOMAS CARNEY
- CHARLES ROBINSON SAMUEL J. CRAWFORD
- JAMES M. HARVEY
- NEHEMIAH GREEN THOMAS A. OSBORN]
-
-=The Grasshopper Invasion, 1874.= At different times there had been
-invasions of grasshoppers in the country west of the Mississippi
-River, but none of them was so disastrous as the one of 1874. The
-grasshoppers, which were a kind of locust, came into the State from
-the northwest and moved toward the southeast. The air was filled with
-them. They covered the fields and trees and destroyed everything green
-as they went. They left ruin and desolation in their pathway. In the
-western counties, where the settlements were new and the people had no
-crops laid by to depend upon, the result was much like that of the
-terrible years of 1859 and 1860. By the time of the invasion there
-were more people, more provisions, and more money, and the State was
-able to do much to help the thousands of its citizens who were left
-destitute. It became necessary, however, to accept aid from the East
-again, and thousands of dollars and many carloads of supplies were
-distributed to the needy. Never since has Kansas had to ask for help.
-In more recent years our State has given generously to sufferers in
-other states and in other lands.
-
-This visit of the grasshoppers was prolonged into the next year, for
-they had deposited their eggs in the ground and the next spring large
-numbers of young grasshoppers hatched. These destroyed the early
-crops, but for some unaccountable reason they soon rose into the air
-and flew back toward the northwest whence the swarms of the year
-before had come. There was still time for late planting, and the crops
-of 1875 were abundant.
-
-=Prosperous Years Follow the Grasshopper Invasion.= The coming of the
-grasshoppers had temporarily discouraged immigration, but prosperous
-years followed and people were again attracted to Kansas. More of the
-prairie was turned into farms; new towns sprang up; the country came
-to be more thickly settled; railroads, schools, and churches were
-built; new counties were organized; and the old stories of “The Great
-American Desert” were gradually forgotten. Kansas was taking her place
-among the states.
-
-=Life of the Early Settlers.= In order that this great result might be
-accomplished, that the Kansas of to-day might be, a generation of men
-and women had to conquer these vast prairies that were swept by
-blizzards, parched by drouths, scorched by hot winds, and scourged by
-grasshoppers. A few of the pioneers gave up and returned to their old
-homes, but most of them were of the sturdy type and remained, always
-believing that the day of better things was to come. Though they had
-little money and few of the comforts and conveniences of life, and
-though they were often filled with homesickness for the friends and
-scenes they had left behind, they stayed and worked and hoped. Volumes
-could be filled with stories of the hardships and sorrows of those
-brave people; stories of mothers who died from overwork or exposure or
-lack of care, of children who sickened from want of proper food, of
-homes swept away by prairie fires, and of homesteads mortgaged and
-lost.
-
-=The Pleasures of Pioneer Life.= But this is only one side. Pioneer
-life was not all dark. Most of the people were strong and healthy, and
-the out-door life with plenty of exercise and simple food kept them
-so. Although there was privation and hard work there was also much
-pleasure. Ask any old settler whether the people had good times in
-those days, and you will hear tales of spelling schools and of singing
-schools, of literary societies at which debating was an important
-feature, and of the country dance with its old-time music on the
-fiddle. These affairs were attended by young and old from miles
-around; a trip of from ten to fifteen or even twenty miles was not
-unusual. Buggies were scarce, and most of the settlers went on
-horseback, or in farm wagons that did not always have spring seats.
-
-Quilting and husking bees, house-warmings, and camp meetings were
-other events of the early days. Since there were no telephones and
-since it was often days from one mail to another, pioneer families
-counted it a pleasure to “visit around” and exchange the news. Those
-were the days of real hospitality; the “latch-string hung out at every
-door,” and all were welcome to enter. No house was too small nor no
-food supply too scanty for the entertainment of friends or wayfarers.
-Those were the days, too, when the children often waited for “second
-table” or stood up to eat because there were not enough chairs for
-all; when the boys wore high-topped boots, the girls wore sunbonnets,
-and a calico dress was good enough for almost any occasion.
-
-=Buffalo Hunting.= In the earlier years the buffalo hunt was one of
-the pleasures of the pioneers. In the fall parties of men with their
-teams and hunting outfits would set out for the buffalo range to
-secure a supply of meat for the winter. They were usually successful
-in finding not only buffaloes, but antelopes, wild turkeys, and
-occasionally elk or deer.
-
-=Extermination of the Buffalo.= Remarkable stories are told of the
-great numbers of buffaloes still roaming our western prairies fifty
-years ago; stories of herds miles in width moving across the country.
-With the inrushing tide of immigration the buffaloes rapidly
-disappeared. Within little more than a dozen years after the close of
-the Civil War there were practically none left. This was not because
-they were used as food, but because they were killed for their hides.
-Large numbers were slaughtered and skinned and the bodies left on the
-plains. The hides were shipped east by carloads, where they were sold
-to make robes.
-
- [Illustration: PILE OF BUFFALO HIDES READY FOR SHIPMENT.]
-
-=Selling Buffalo Bones.= In a few years the prairies were thickly
-strewn with bleaching bones, and these, too, were gathered up and
-shipped east, where they were ground into fertilizer to be used on
-worn-out farms. These bones brought from six to ten dollars a ton, and
-money earned in this way served to tide many a homesteader through the
-winter. It has often been regretted that the Government did not take
-measures to restrict the killing of the buffalo, but the danger of
-extermination was not realized until too late.
-
-=The Trappers.= A great deal of trapping was done, especially by the
-younger men. Often several of them would make up a party, and with
-guns, traps, and a winter’s supply of provisions start for a favorite
-trapping ground, where they would make a camp along some stream.
-Sometimes the camp was a tent, but more often it was a dugout in the
-bank with the front part made of logs. Along the streams they caught
-chiefly the beaver, the otter, the raccoon, and the wildcat, and on
-the prairies the big gray wolf and the coyote. The busy days were
-filled with the work of visiting the traps, caring for the pelts,
-chasing wild game, and keeping an alert watch for Indians. When spring
-came and they turned homeward to take up the work on the farms they
-often carried with them several hundred dollars’ worth of furs.
-
- [Illustration: COYOTE.]
-
-=The Exodus, 1878-1880.= The population of Kansas was gradually built
-up from many sources, but until 1878 there were not many negroes in
-the State. In that year there began in some of the southern states a
-movement among the colored people to migrate to western and northern
-states. So many thousands of them left the Southland that the movement
-came to be called “The Exodus.” It is not strange that the State famed
-for its fight for freedom should attract many of the ex-slaves, or the
-“Exodusters,” as they were called. During the years 1878-’80 several
-thousands of negroes arrived in Kansas. A few had teams and some farm
-implements, some had a scanty supply of household goods, but many had
-nothing at all and had to be given aid. A very few of them homesteaded
-land, others found employment as farm hands, and the rest settled in
-different towns of the State.
-
- [Illustration: STATE GOVERNORS, 1877-1893.
- JOHN P. ST. JOHN
- GEORGE T. ANTHONY GEORGE W. GLICK
- LYMAN U. HUMPHREY
- JOHN A. MARTIN LORENZO D. LLEWELLING]
-
-=The Kansas Boom in the ’80’s.= The ten years following the
-grasshopper invasion of 1874 were all good years. The rains fell and
-crops flourished. It was a period of remarkable growth and prosperity.
-During these years the railroads were making special efforts to bring
-settlers into the State, and Kansas was widely advertised. Reports of
-the opportunities here stimulated immigration, and settlements
-overspread the western prairies. Great confidence was felt in the
-future of the State, and people in the East eagerly invested in
-western land and property. Money was easy to borrow, and the Kansas
-people borrowed liberally and began speculating in real estate. Kansas
-was soon “on the boom.” Property was bought, not to use, but to sell
-again at a higher price. Cities and towns laid out additions which
-were divided into lots and sold for large sums. Expensive improvements
-were made, and public and business buildings were constructed that
-were far larger and more costly than the needs of the time demanded.
-Railway and street-car lines were built where there was not business
-enough to support them. Hundreds of new towns were mapped out and the
-lots sold. Many of these towns never existed except on paper, and most
-of the others were later turned into pastures or cornfields.
-
-=Collapse of the Boom, 1887.= Since the new settlers were not familiar
-with soil and climate conditions in Kansas many of them selected land
-that was not adapted to agriculture, therefore much of the farming was
-not profitable. In 1887 came one of the most severe drouths that was
-ever known in the country. The people lost confidence in Kansas and
-the boom collapsed. Eastern people wanted their money back, but there
-was nothing with which to pay them. Money could not be borrowed and
-mortgages were foreclosed. People who had bought property at high
-prices, expecting to sell at a profit, found themselves unable to sell
-at any price. Many who had counted themselves wealthy found their
-property almost valueless. Banks and business houses failed and
-hundreds of people were ruined. Thousands left Kansas, some of the
-western counties being almost abandoned. The year 1887 was followed,
-however, by several good crop seasons. A great deal of attention was
-given to the study of farm conditions, and Kansas began to make
-progress again.
-
-=The Opening of Oklahoma.= In 1889 Kansas lost about 50,000 of her
-population. This came about through the opening of Oklahoma to
-settlement. The President issued a proclamation setting high noon of
-April 22 as the time at which the settlers could enter the new country
-to take claims. The opening of Oklahoma had been anxiously awaited for
-years, and, as the appointed time drew near, people from all parts of
-the United States began to assemble along the southern line of Kansas.
-Arkansas City was the chief gathering place, for it was at this point
-that the one line of railroad entered Oklahoma. When, at noon, April
-22, the cavalrymen who patroled the borders fired their carbines as a
-signal that the settlers could move across the line, a great shout
-went up, and the race for claims began. Hundreds crowded the trains,
-thousands rode on fleet horses, many rode in buggies and buckboards,
-others in heavy farm wagons, and some even made the race on foot. In
-the morning Oklahoma was an uninhabited prairie, at midday it was a
-surging mass of earnest, excited humanity, in the evening it was a
-land of many people. Within a few days the breaking plow was turning
-the sod on many homesteads, while merchants, bankers, and professional
-men were carrying on their business in tents or in rough board
-shanties. The rush of settlement to Kansas was remarkable, but the
-settlement of Oklahoma is the climax in the story of American
-pioneering. Although Kansas furnished such a large number of the
-Oklahoma settlers, immigration to our State from the East soon made up
-the loss.
-
-=The Panic of 1893.= In 1893 a financial panic extended over the whole
-country, accompanied in Kansas by a partial failure of crops. Those
-were dark days in Kansas, for many of the people were still burdened
-with heavy mortgages. But this period should be remembered as our last
-“hard times.” Within two or three years conditions had greatly
-improved. The twenty-five years following that time brought almost
-uninterrupted prosperity.
-
-=Kansas in the Spanish-American War.= In 1898 the long period of peace
-that the country had enjoyed since the Civil War was broken by the
-Spanish-American War. The call for soldiers was eagerly responded to
-in Kansas, and four regiments were raised. Our State had furnished
-seventeen regiments during the Civil War and two for fighting the
-Indians, therefore the four for the Spanish-American War were numbered
-the Twentieth, the Twenty-first, the Twenty-second, and the
-Twenty-third. The Twenty-third was composed of colored soldiers. The
-only one of these regiments called upon to do any fighting was the
-Twentieth, which was ordered to the Philippines. There, under a
-Kansan, Colonel Fred Funston, the men of this regiment took part in
-the campaigns that followed, and by their bravery and efficiency
-brought much credit to themselves and to their State. The Twenty-third
-was sent to Cuba. The other regiments were trained and kept in
-readiness, but the early end of the war prevented their active
-service.
-
- [Illustration: STATE CAPITOL, TOPEKA.]
-
- [Illustration: SENATE CHAMBER IN THE STATE CAPITOL.]
-
-=The State Capitol.= The year 1903 is an interesting one, for it
-marked the completion of our State Capitol. Shortly after the
-admission of Kansas to the Union the people selected Topeka as the
-seat of government. As soon as the Civil War was over and they had
-time to think about public improvements they began to lay plans for
-building a capitol. Every state has a capitol, or state house as it is
-often called, in which there are offices for the Governor and other
-state officers as well as large rooms for the meetings of the
-Legislature. It is for the state what a courthouse is for a county. It
-should, of course, be a fine building, of which the people can be
-proud. But back in the ’60’s Kansas people were few in number and had
-little money. They could not afford to build a capitol that would be
-large and handsome enough for the future, nor did they wish to
-construct a small, cheap building that would have to be set aside
-later. Instead they planned a fine structure to be built a little at a
-time as they could afford it.
-
- [Illustration: A KANSAS CATTLE RANCH.]
-
-In 1866 the Legislature provided for the erection of what is now the
-east wing of our state house. As the State grew in wealth and
-population, more money was appropriated from time to time for the
-construction of other wings, the great central portion, and lastly the
-high dome that reaches nearly three hundred feet into the air. The
-building was completed in 1903, having been thirty-seven years in the
-making. It grew as the State grew, costing altogether between three
-and four millions of dollars. It is fitting that the great State of
-Kansas should now have one of the finest capitols in the United
-States.
-
-=The Floods.= The people of Kansas had withstood a number of drouths,
-but beginning in 1903 they were, for the first time, visited by a
-series of floods. The first one was probably the most destructive.
-Most of the water came down the Kansas River from the tributaries
-draining central and western Kansas, where there had been heavy
-rainfall. Farms and towns along these streams were flooded, property
-was swept away, and a number of lives were lost. Topeka, Lawrence, and
-Kansas City, where portions of the cities were inundated for days,
-suffered heavy losses. The following year nearly every stream in the
-State poured a flood of water down its valley, and many people had to
-flee to the hills for safety. In 1908, for the third time in five
-years, Kansas was again visited by high water. The loss occasioned by
-these floods amounted to many millions of dollars, but help poured in
-to the sufferers from many sources and they straightway began the work
-of repairing and rebuilding. In a short time all traces of the
-calamity had disappeared.
-
- [Illustration: STATE GOVERNORS, 1893-1914.
- JOHN W. LEEDY
- EDMUND N. MORRILL WILLIAM E. STANLEY
- WILLIS J. BAILEY
- EDWARD W. HOCH GEORGE H. HODGES
- WALTER R. STUBBS]
-
-Stories of floods in Kansas have been handed down from far-off Indian
-days, but the earliest flood of which there is any account was in
-1844. The Indians told the white men about it and advised against
-building close to the rivers, but no attention was paid to the
-warning. Since the recent floods, however, a number of people have
-moved back from the streams. A few of the cities, including Topeka,
-Lawrence, and Kansas City, have built dikes, bridges have been
-lengthened to give streams more room, and several railroad grades have
-been raised above the danger line.
-
-=Kansas To-day.= While the floods caused much loss and suffering, the
-State’s resources had become so great that the condition of general
-prosperity was not seriously affected. Each year has added to the
-prosperity and progress of the State until now Kansas is one of the
-great states of the Union. We have only to look about us to see how
-marvelously conditions have changed since pioneer days. Great fields
-and orchards are spread over what was once the Indians’ hunting
-ground, and cattle have taken the place of the roving herds of
-buffaloes. Tractor plows now turn the soil where once there was only
-buffalo grass, thriving towns and cities stand where once the tepee
-stood and shining rails of steel mark the paths of Indian ponies and
-emigrant trains.
-
-All these things have been done within a single generation. Thousands
-of the men and women who came into Kansas in their wagons and drove
-across the unfenced plains are still among us, but now when they
-journey over the same country they go in swiftly moving trains or
-automobiles. Where once they saw only the prairie and a few settlers’
-cabins they now see roads and bridges, farms and ranches, stores,
-banks, mills, mines, and factories. They see what they have helped to
-build, a great state, and they may well be proud of it. By their
-unconquerable faith and courage and their unremitting toil they have
-made Kansas what it is to-day.
-
-=Government of Kansas.= As the pioneers look at their State they may
-feel a pride not only in the acres that have been brought under
-cultivation and the wealth that has been produced, but also in a
-government that is one of the most advanced in the Union. Many
-measures have been passed to promote the welfare of the people. Among
-the important ones are: the child-labor law, the truancy law, the
-anti-cigarette law, the law providing for juvenile courts, laws
-pertaining to public health, the fire-escape law, the “blue sky” law,
-the primary-election law, and the law governing public utilities.
-These are only a few, but among the hundreds of measures that have
-been passed, affecting the character of our government, none stand out
-more prominently than the two amendments to our Constitution providing
-for prohibition and for woman suffrage.
-
-=Prohibition in Kansas.= Temperance was a live topic in Kansas from
-the beginning; even in Territorial days laws were passed that tended
-to regulate, in some degree, the liquor traffic. During the first
-eighteen years of statehood there was a constant increase in sentiment
-favorable to prohibition, and, in 1880, during the administration of
-Governor John P. St. John, the people voted to adopt the following
-amendment to the Constitution: “The manufacture and sale of
-intoxicating liquors shall be forever prohibited in this State, except
-for medical, scientific, and mechanical purposes.” The law has been
-strengthened from time to time, and more attention has been given to
-its enforcement, until to-day Kansas is one of the strictest
-prohibition states, and the popular sentiment against the use of
-liquor is stronger here, perhaps, than anywhere else in the United
-States. For many years Kansas stood almost alone as a prohibition
-state, but in recent years the number of prohibition states has
-increased rapidly, and in 1918 a prohibition amendment to the National
-Constitution was offered by Congress, and in 1919 it had been ratified
-by the necessary two-thirds of the states. Kansas was among the
-number. It is a matter of pride in Kansas that ours was a pioneer
-state in this great movement.
-
-=Woman Suffrage.= Kansas has been one of the most liberal of the
-states in its laws concerning the rights of women, but it is only in
-recent years that Kansas women have had full political rights. In 1861
-women were given the right to vote in district school elections, and
-in 1887 in city elections. The question of complete woman suffrage was
-voted upon and defeated in 1867, and again in 1894, but in 1912 it
-carried by a large majority. Only six states, Colorado, Idaho, Utah,
-Wyoming, Washington, and California, preceded Kansas in granting to
-women the right of suffrage. A number of other states have followed
-Kansas, and now (1919) Congress has offered to the states for
-ratification a woman suffrage amendment to the National Constitution.
-
-=Kansas in the World War.= The period from the opening of the
-twentieth century to the beginning of the World War was, on the whole,
-one of peace and prosperity in Kansas. No great destructive force,
-such as famine or panic, left the people struggling for existence, nor
-did anything occur to stir their deeper emotions. Their chief
-interests were in building up their homes and their businesses and in
-developing their State. But suddenly, in 1914, like the people of the
-rest of the United States, they began to give more thought to the
-affairs of other countries, and when on April 6, 1917, the United
-States entered the war, the people of Kansas were ready to carry their
-share of the burdens.
-
- [Illustration: CAMP FUNSTON.
- The largest inland training camp in the United States. The 89th
- National Army Division and the 10th Regular Army Division were
- trained at Camp Funston.]
-
-The young men of the State began at once to offer their services in
-the national guard, in the regular army and in the navy. There were
-more than 18,000 of these volunteers. Within a few weeks Congress
-passed the Compulsory Service Act, under the provisions of which
-approximately 42,000 Kansas men were called into service during the
-war. The National Guard, numbering about 10,000 men, was soon called.
-Altogether there were fully 70,000 Kansans in the forces of the United
-States. These men were sent to practically every organization in the
-army, though the greater portion of them were in the 89th National
-Army Division, the 10th Regular Army Division, the 35th National Guard
-Division, and the 117th Ammunition Train of the 42d Division. All of
-these except the 10th Division, which had not yet completed its
-training when the armistice was signed, were sent to France, where
-they took part in important engagements and bore themselves bravely,
-notably the Rainbow Division in the last battle of the Marne, the 89th
-at St. Mihiel and the Argonne, and the 35th Division in the Argonne
-drive. Many of our young men went into special branches of service,
-such as the Air Service, Railway Engineering, Signal Corps,
-Quartermasters Corps and Ordnance Corps. The Federal Government
-established two Officers’ Training Camps in Kansas, one at Fort Riley
-and one at Fort Leavenworth. Many Kansas men attended these camps and
-received commissions.
-
-Hundreds of Kansas young women rendered skilled and devoted service as
-nurses, both in the training camps and overseas.
-
-The people of the State took an active part in various kinds of war
-work and subscribed more than their quota to all appeals for funds and
-to all bond issues.
-
-Altogether, Kansas played its part in the war with its accustomed
-loyalty and spirit.
-
-=The Period Since the Civil War.= In the present chapter we have
-touched only in a general way upon the State’s progress, but growth
-has been in many directions and each activity has a history of its
-own. In order that we may better understand the advancement that has
-been made we will study more fully three of the most important phases
-of the State’s progress and development――industry, transportation, and
-education.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The years since the Civil War have been eventful ones. The
- Indian troubles on the frontier lasted from 1864 until 1869.
- Much property and more than 1000 lives were lost. National
- troops and a regiment of Kansas soldiers were required to
- quell the trouble. Governor Crawford resigned his position
- and took command of the Kansas troops. In 1878-’80 thousands
- of negroes arrived in Kansas. This movement from the South
- was called the “Exodus.” The grasshopper invasion in 1874
- was followed by ten years of prosperity. Then came the boom,
- which was ended by the drouth in 1887. Eastern moneylenders
- held thousands of Kansas mortgages, and though several good
- crop years followed, the State had not yet recovered when
- the panic in 1893 brought renewed trouble. Good crops
- followed, and Kansas soon entered upon a period of
- prosperity which has continued to the present time. Kansas
- furnished four regiments for the Spanish-American War in
- 1898, and made the most of every opportunity to serve in the
- World War in 1917-’18. The State Capitol, which was begun in
- 1866, was completed in 1903. The years 1903, 1904, and 1908
- were the flood years. Among the many important governmental
- measures are the prohibition and woman suffrage amendments.
- During the period since the Civil War Kansas has become a
- great and prosperous state.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Andreas, History of Kansas, Selected Topics.
- Blackmar, Kansas, Selected Topics.
- Parrish, The Great Plains.
- Wright, Dodge City, the Cowboy Capital.
- Crawford, Kansas in the Sixties.
- Spring, Kansas, chap. IV.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 168, 172-173, 184, 194, 204, 211,
- 218-222.
- Historical Collections, Selected Topics.
- McCarter, Price of the Prairie. (A novel.)
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What were the conditions in Kansas at the close of the Civil
- War?
-
- 2. Give an account of the Indian troubles in Kansas.
-
- 3. How did the Homestead Law affect immigration?
-
- 4. Give an account of the grasshopper invasion and its effect on
- Kansas.
-
- 5. What progress was made during the next ten years?
-
- 6. What effect did the railroads have on immigration?
-
- 7. When was the “boom”? Describe conditions during the boom.
- What were some of its causes? What ended it?
-
- 8. What was the effect of this boom on Kansas? What have you
- learned from talking with persons who lived here in the “boom
- days”?
-
- 9. Tell something of the “hard times” of the early ’90’s.
-
- 10. What part did Kansas take in the Spanish-American War?
-
- 11. Give an account of the building of the State Capitol.
-
- 12. Give an account of the floods in Kansas.
-
- 13. Give an account of the opening of Oklahoma. How did it affect
- Kansas?
-
- 14. Compare Kansas to-day with Kansas as it was fifty years ago.
-
- 15. What part did Kansas take in the World War?
-
- 16. What is the prohibition amendment? The woman suffrage
- amendment?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-THE INDUSTRIES OF KANSAS
-
-
-=The Earliest Kansas Farmers.= Agriculture, the leading industry of
-our State, was for many years almost the only occupation of our
-people. The Indians were the first farmers in Kansas. The Comanches,
-in the western part of the State, were roving hunters, but the eastern
-Indians had permanent homes and tilled the soil. They were both
-hunters and farmers. A government agent in describing their mode of
-living says: “They raise annually small crops of corn, beans, and
-pumpkins. These they cultivate entirely with the hoe, in the simplest
-manner. Their crops are usually planted in April, and receive one
-dressing before they leave their villages for the summer hunt in May.”
-
-=Agriculture Taught to the Indians.= When Kansas was made an Indian
-country the National Government agreed in the treaties to supply the
-Indians with cattle, hogs, and farming implements, and to employ
-persons to teach them agriculture. In accordance with this agreement
-several government farms were established, and both the government
-farmers and the missionaries taught agriculture to the Indians. By the
-time Kansas was organized as a Territory, in 1854, there were a number
-of farms in the different reservations and at the missions, and the
-produce was such as to show that the soil of Kansas is remarkably
-fertile.
-
-=Agriculture During Territorial Days.= Most of the early settlers of
-Kansas were farmers, but during Territorial days the political and
-governmental troubles made much progress in farming impossible. The
-terrible season of 1860 made a dreary closing for this period, and
-confirmed in the minds of many eastern people the old idea that Kansas
-was fit only for Indians, buffaloes, and prairie dogs.
-
- [Illustration: HAND PLANTER.]
-
-=Agriculture During the Civil War.= The year following the drouth
-brought a good crop, but it also brought the beginning of the Civil
-War which absorbed the energies of the settlers for four years more.
-It was not until the close of the war, in 1865, that agriculture can
-be said to have had a real beginning in Kansas. But, in spite of the
-poverty and hardships of the war years, two things of especial
-significance were done that showed the interest of the pioneers in
-agriculture. During this period the Agricultural College at Manhattan
-was established, and the State Agricultural Society was formed. The
-object of the Society was “to promote the improvement of agriculture
-and its kindred arts throughout the State of Kansas.” Under its
-management a state fair was held at Leavenworth in 1863, and in that
-year the Legislature appropriated $1000 for the benefit of the
-Society. These events are worthy of note because they showed the
-enterprise of the people when their resources were small.
-
- [Illustration: THE “OLD MILL” AT LAWRENCE,
- Erected in 1863. This was a gristmill, an octagon shaped,
- four-story structure, having a genuine Holland windmill for
- motive power. Additional buildings were erected for the
- manufacture of wagons and farming implements. The mill was
- abandoned many years ago, and in 1905 it burned.]
-
-=Early Farming Implements.= The farming implements of the pioneers
-were few and simple. Much of the machinery of to-day had not then been
-invented. Because of the cost of transportation, and the lack of money
-among the settlers, even the machinery of that day was scarce in
-Kansas. The all-important implement was the plow. The pioneer’s first
-crop was usually “sod corn.” The field was prepared with a breaking
-plow, which threw up the sod in parallel strips from two to five
-inches in thickness. Then the farmer, with an ax or a spade and a bag
-of seed corn, walked back and forth across the field, prying apart or
-gashing the sod at regular intervals and dropping into each opening
-three or four grains of corn. Then he waited for the crop. Once the
-land was broken, it was, in after years, prepared for the seed with
-the stirring plow and the harrow, and planting was done with a hand
-planter. Later the corn planter drawn by a team came into use. This
-machine required a driver, and another person to work the lever that
-dropped the corn. Then came the planter with the checkrower which,
-when attached to the planter, made only a driver necessary. During the
-last few years the lister has come into very general use.
-
- [Illustration: CORN BINDER.]
-
-The early settlers cultivated their corn with a single-shovel
-cultivator drawn by one horse. With this cultivator it was necessary
-to make a trip along each side of every row of corn. The double-shovel
-cultivator soon came into use, but it, also, was drawn by one horse
-and cultivated but one side of the row at a time. This labor was
-greatly reduced by the invention of the cultivator drawn by a team and
-having shovels for both sides of the corn row. Now cultivators may be
-had that till two rows at a time. Formerly the farmer cut all of his
-corn by hand with a knife. Now he uses the riding corn binder.
-
-Great as has been the improvement in corn machinery, even greater
-changes have come about in the machinery used for the wheat crop. The
-earliest harvesting implement used in Kansas was the cradle, a scythe
-with long fingers parallel with the blade to catch the grain as it was
-cut. The cradler laid the grain in rows. A second man followed with a
-rake and gathered the wheat into small piles, which he tied into
-bundles, using some of the straw for bands. The next machine was the
-reaper, which carried two men, one to drive the team and one to push
-off the wheat whenever enough had been cut to make a bundle. The
-reaper required four or five binders to follow it. It was soon
-improved by being made self-dumping, and later, self-binding.
-Inventions and improvements have followed in rapid succession, and
-to-day the planting and harvesting of wheat can be done with
-remarkable speed and efficiency.
-
- [Illustration: HEADING WHEAT.]
-
-The many wonderful inventions in farm machinery have made possible in
-the farming of to-day a great saving of time and labor as compared
-with the farming of forty years ago. There are few lines in which
-greater progress has been made.
-
- [Illustration: GASOLINE TRACTOR.]
-
-=Agriculture Between 1860 and 1880.= For several years after the Civil
-War the population of Kansas increased more rapidly than did the
-crops, and the country was kept poor. The destruction of crops by the
-grasshoppers in 1874 retarded immigration and left the people
-discouraged. Several good crop years followed, however, and confidence
-in the agricultural future of Kansas soon returned. By 1880 nearly
-9,000,000 acres of land were in cultivation, a third of which was
-planted to corn and a fourth to wheat. The next largest acreage was in
-oats. A number of other crops were reported, including rye, barley,
-buckwheat, sorghum, cotton, hemp, tobacco, broom corn, millet, clover,
-and blue grass. At that time not a great deal was known of the soil or
-climate of the State, and we find in this list of crops several that
-have since been found unprofitable and are no longer raised in any
-considerable quantities.
-
- [Illustration: ALFALFA.]
-
-=Agriculture from 1880 to 1887.= The year 1880 found the people of
-Kansas full of hope and courage, and from that time until the drouth
-of 1887 agriculture developed rapidly. It was a period of new ideas
-and new methods. Millions of additional acres were brought into
-cultivation. The principal crops, corn, wheat, and oats, were each
-greatly increased. Fields of timothy, clover, orchard grass, and blue
-grass were planted in the central counties, and even farther west.
-Soil that a few years before had been considered unfit for farming was
-now producing crops. The State was being rapidly settled, many miles
-of railroad were in operation, and the excellent crops did much to
-encourage the “boom” of 1885 to 1887.
-
-=Agriculture from 1887 to 1893.= The period of good crops following
-the dry season of 1887 lasted for five years, and it was a time of
-great activity along many lines of agricultural advancement. By 1890
-nearly 16,000,000 acres had been brought under cultivation. This area
-was almost double the areas under cultivation ten years earlier.
-
-=Western Kansas.= Before 1890 most of the farming was done in the
-eastern and central parts of the State, the western part being
-considered poorly adapted to agricultural purposes. During the next
-few years, however, it was shown that wheat can be successfully raised
-clear to the Colorado line. The sorghum crops also proved to be well
-adapted to this section. The soil of western Kansas was found to be
-wonderfully fertile, needing only moisture to make it produce
-abundantly. A more thorough understanding of soil and climate has
-brought better methods of tillage, and this, together with a careful
-selection of crops, is making the yield much larger and more certain.
-
- [Illustration: IRRIGATION FROM THE UNDERFLOW.
- Upper, water pumped into the reservoir by windmills.
- Lower, water pumped into the reservoir by an engine.]
-
-=Irrigation in Western Kansas.= The possibilities of irrigation for
-this section of the country have long been given much consideration.
-For several years water from the Arkansas River was successfully used.
-Colorado, however, in developing irrigation, used so much of the water
-from the upper Arkansas that there was not a sufficient amount left
-for our State. Investigation resulted in the discovery of an
-underground water supply. This water, which is called the underflow,
-moves eastward from the Rocky Mountains through strata of gravel and
-sand. It offers to a large part of western Kansas a practically
-inexhaustible supply of water for irrigation. Wells are bored into
-this underflow and the water is pumped for irrigating purposes. Only a
-small part of western Kansas is under irrigation as yet, but
-experiments for the purpose of finding the best methods of utilizing
-the underflow are being carried on by individuals, by experiment
-stations, and by the State. Irrigation by pumping is bringing about a
-remarkable agricultural advancement in western Kansas.
-
- [Illustration: STACKING ALFALFA.]
-
-=Alfalfa.= About 1890 several new crops came into prominence in
-Kansas, the most important of which was alfalfa. Alfalfa is now grown
-in every county of Kansas and has become one of our foremost crops.
-Because of its long, penetrating roots it can be grown successfully
-without irrigation even in most of the drier parts of Kansas. As its
-many points of excellence become better known its acreage is
-constantly increasing. Kansas produces more alfalfa than any other
-state in the Union.
-
-Sweet clover and Soudan grass have increased so much in acreage in
-very recent years that they are rapidly becoming important crops in
-this state.
-
- [Illustration: Upper, threshing scene in a Kansas wheat field.
- Lower, train of fifty cars of threshing machines on the way to
- the Kansas wheat fields.]
-
-=The Sorghum Crops.= Another of the new crops was Kafir corn, which
-has also proved very valuable. This plant is a variety of sorghum.
-Other varieties had been raised in Kansas for many years, especially
-the sweet sorghum that could be used for making sugar and molasses.
-Broom corn is another sorghum crop that has been grown in Kansas for a
-long while and is raised in large quantities in the southwestern part
-of the State. In more recent years two more sorghums, milo and
-feterita, give promise of becoming valuable forage crops.
-
- [Illustration: THE BEET SUGAR FACTORY AT GARDEN CITY.]
-
-=Sugar Beets.= During the early ’80’s considerable sugar had been made
-from sorghum cane, but in 1889 it was, for the first time, made from
-beets. For a number of years experiments were made with sugar beets in
-different parts of western Kansas. To encourage sugar-beet raising a
-bounty was offered by the State, and a good many tons were raised and
-shipped to sugar factories in Colorado and Nebraska. In 1906 a large
-factory was completed at Garden City, and the raising of sugar beets
-has become an important industry in that part of Kansas. Efforts are
-now being made to introduce this crop into other parts of the State.
-
- [Illustration: STOCKYARDS AT KANSAS CITY.]
-
-=The Twenty-five Years Following 1893.= Progress was checked in 1893
-by the financial panic that extended throughout the country. Values
-dropped, and prices were low on everything the farmers had to sell. In
-addition to the panic, Kansas suffered a crop failure in most parts of
-the State. That was a discouraging period, but within a few years
-Kansas had recovered. From that time until the present there has been
-a steady rise in all values. Owing largely to the fact that there is
-no longer any free land to be taken as homesteads, land prices have
-steadily risen. The price of land products has also greatly increased.
-In 1893 corn was worth but ten to fifteen cents a bushel and wheat
-from thirty to forty cents. A comparison of these with present prices
-serves to show how great has been the change.
-
- [Illustration: A KANSAS WHEAT FIELD.]
-
-=Kansas Wheat.= Kansas is now one of the leading agricultural states
-of the Union. It produces a greater variety of crops than does almost
-any other state, but the principal ones are now, as they have been
-from the earliest days, corn and wheat. In recent years alfalfa has
-come to be a close third. Wheat is our most noted crop. Kansas is
-unsurpassed in the production of this grain. Wheat is grown in every
-county in the State, but by far the greatest quantity comes from the
-“wheat belt,” which extends across the middle of the State, from north
-to south. Most of the Kansas wheat is of the winter varieties commonly
-called “Turkey wheats,” first brought here from southern Russia by the
-Mennonites in 1873.
-
- [Illustration: KANSAS CORN.]
-
-=The Corn Crop.= Corn was raised here by the Indians, and from the
-time of the settlement of the Territory until very recent years it was
-the leading crop and the greatest source of Kansas wealth. Since 1913,
-however, wheat has been the most valuable crop of the State and corn
-has had to take second place. Corn is raised in all parts of the
-State, but much the largest portion is produced in the eastern half.
-It is on this crop that the great live-stock industries of Kansas most
-depend.
-
-=The Live-stock Industry.= The live-stock industry is one of the
-important interests of the State. The grain and forage crops, the
-large areas of good pasture, the plentiful supply of water, and the
-nearness to market, all combine to make Kansas an excellent live-stock
-region. The raising and fattening of cattle and hogs constitute the
-chief features of this industry, although there are a number of
-others, prominent among which is dairying.
-
- [Illustration: EARLY DAY STOCK FARM.]
-
-The early farmers had their herds and flocks, but paid little
-attention to quality or breeds. In time it was found that better
-grades were more profitable, and the early range cattle and the scrub
-stock of the pioneers have disappeared.
-
- [Illustration: PRESENT DAY STOCK FARM.]
-
- [Illustration: THE COWBOY WAS A FAMILIAR FIGURE IN KANSAS FORTY
- YEARS AGO.]
-
-When the Union Pacific Railroad was built the cattlemen of Texas began
-driving their cattle into Kansas in order to ship them to market. For
-many years Abilene was the shipping center. When the Santa Fe Railway
-was built, Wichita, being farther south, became the chief shipping
-point. As the country became more thickly settled the cattle trade was
-pushed farther west. Finally it reached Dodge City which remained the
-shipping center for many years. The building of railroads into the
-Southwest made it unnecessary for the Texas cattlemen to drive their
-stock to a Kansas shipping point, and about 1885 the practice was
-abandoned. While the trade flourished, the cowboy, with his boots and
-spurs and broad-brimmed hat, was a familiar figure on the plains of
-western Kansas; but as the settlers turned the grazing land into farms
-the cowboy moved farther west.
-
- [Illustration: IN FULL BLOOM.]
-
-=Horticulture.= Another Kansas industry is horticulture, the
-cultivation of fruits. The first orchard in Kansas was planted at
-Shawnee Mission in 1837. Very little tree planting was done, however,
-until after the Civil War, and even then the Kansas plains were for
-many years regarded as unfit for fruit growing. The early crops were
-small but of a very fine quality, and Kansas apples won the gold medal
-at the Centennial Exposition at Philadelphia in 1876. This aroused
-much enthusiasm, and during the next few years many thousands of fruit
-trees were planted, but most of them proved worthless because the
-varieties were not adapted to conditions in this State. Long years of
-hard work and patient effort were required to secure the knowledge
-necessary to make a successful fruit state of Kansas. To-day there are
-many fruits grown here, but it is the Kansas apple that is famous.
-Scarcely a farm in the eastern and central parts of the State is
-without its orchard, and there are a number of commercial orchards
-that are making horticulture an important industry in Kansas.
-
- [Illustration: KANSAS APPLES.]
-
-=Farmers’ Organizations.= The farmers of the State have at different
-times, especially in the earlier years, formed a number of
-organizations. An early organization was the Order of Patrons of
-Husbandry, or the “Grange,” a national movement, introduced into
-Kansas in 1872. Its general purpose was the improvement of farm life.
-Many granges were organized during the ’70’s. The Farmers’ Cooperative
-Association, begun in 1873, and the Farmers’ Mutual Benefit
-Association in 1883, had for their general purposes the cooperation of
-the farmers in buying and selling and in securing lower freight rates.
-
- [Illustration: ONE OF THE CROPS IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN KANSAS.]
-
-About 1888 the Farmers’ Alliance, already a national organization,
-formed many local organizations in Kansas. The Alliance demanded a
-number of measures for the betterment of the farmers, including lower
-freight and passenger rates, and better mortgage, debtor, and tax
-laws. The Farmers’ Alliance was a widespread movement and, for a time,
-overshadowed all other farmers’ organizations. In 1890 the People’s
-party, or the Populist party,[17] as it came to be called, took over
-the political work of the Farmers’ Alliance, and that organization
-gradually disappeared. The Farmers’ Educational and Cooperative Union
-of Kansas is a more recent organization.
-
- [Illustration: STATE GOVERNORS, 1915――――
- ARTHUR CAPPER
- HENRY J. ALLEN]
-
-=The State Board of Agriculture.= In 1872 the Agricultural Society,
-organized during the Civil War, was changed into the State Board of
-Agriculture. For a number of years this Board gave especial attention
-to gathering and distributing information concerning the resources of
-the State for the purpose of stimulating immigration. Later it began
-the work of furnishing to the farmers information concerning methods
-of farming best adapted to Kansas conditions. These activities have
-been continued, and the Board of Agriculture has been of great
-practical value to the State.
-
- [Illustration: UPPER, DEEP SHAFT COAL MINING.
- LOWER, SURFACE COAL MINING.]
-
-=Work of the Agricultural College.= The Agricultural College in its
-early years laid but little stress on agricultural and industrial
-work, but in 1873 its plan of work was changed and it soon began to
-fulfill its real mission. A few years later the usefulness of the
-College was greatly increased by the establishment of an experiment
-station where investigations are carried on in such matters as the
-testing of seeds, the introduction of new crops, the rotation of
-crops, dairy and animal husbandry, butter and cheese making, orchard
-and crop pests, stock foods, and diseases of live stock. Branch
-experiment stations have, in later years, been established at Hays,
-Garden City, Dodge City, Tribune, and Colby, where problems peculiar
-to the western part of the State are studied. The Agricultural College
-is doing a great work in gathering information and bringing it to the
-people by means of bulletins, lectures, correspondence courses,
-demonstration trains, demonstration agents, and farmers’ institutes.
-Kansas was one of the first states to hold a Farmers’ Institute in
-connection with its Agricultural College. This work was begun in 1869,
-and the purpose was then, as it is to-day, to promote the knowledge of
-scientific agriculture.
-
- [Illustration: ONE OF THE EARLY FLOURING MILLS.]
-
-=Manufactures Based on Agriculture.= The agricultural resources of
-Kansas have led to the development of a number of manufacturing
-industries. One of the oldest of these is milling. Among the first
-needs of the settlers of the new country was a means of grinding their
-corn and wheat into meal and flour for family use. This caused the
-building of small gristmills in every community. Most of them were
-built along streams and were run by water power, though a few of the
-early ones used wind power. In later years steam has come to be
-generally used. After the introduction of the hard wheats, the wheat
-crop came to be much more certain, the acreage increased, and the
-milling industry grew. Kansas flour is now sold in all the important
-markets of the world, and Kansas is one of the leading states in the
-milling industry.
-
-Meat packing has held first place among the manufacturing industries
-of Kansas for a number of years. Kansas City, the second greatest
-packing center in the United States, is the chief market for Kansas
-live stock, but there are several packing houses in different parts of
-the State. Creameries, canning factories, and pickling works represent
-other industries that have been developed to make use of our
-agricultural products.
-
-=The Mineral Industries.= Although Kansas is not one of the great
-mining states, it has a number of valuable mineral resources, the
-chief of which are coal, lead, zinc, oil, gas, salt, building stone,
-and gypsum. These resources form the basis of an important part of the
-industrial life of the State. The coal and gas have made possible a
-number of manufacturing industries.
-
-=Coal.= As early as the Territorial period it was known that there
-were coal fields in Kansas, and small amounts of coal were mined in
-Crawford and Cherokee counties. Immediately after the Civil War the
-settlers in the southeastern part of the State gave much attention to
-the digging of coal, some of which lay so near the surface that it
-could be uncovered with a plow. Within the next few years coal was
-found in Osage and Leavenworth counties and in the vicinity of Fort
-Scott. These places produced large amounts, but Crawford and Cherokee
-counties soon came to be the leading coal districts of the State. At
-the present time about nine-tenths of the Kansas output is mined in
-these two counties. The importance of the coal fields of Kansas lies
-not only in the value of the coal, but in the stimulation of the
-growth of manufactures. Many industries can be carried on only by
-means of large amounts of fuel to supply power. The development of a
-number of such industries in Kansas has been made possible chiefly by
-the cheap and abundant supply of coal.
-
-=Lead and Zinc.= Before Kansas was organized as a Territory lead
-mining was an important industry in southwest Missouri, but not until
-1876 was it discovered that the lead and zinc field extends into the
-southeast corner of Kansas. Prospecting began at once and thousands of
-people were soon on the ground. Although zinc was found in abundance
-with the lead, but little attention was paid to it. Within a few
-years, however, it was found that the abundance of coal made the
-smelting of zinc profitable, and zinc soon assumed the leading place.
-For a number of years much more zinc than lead has been produced. A
-large amount of ore from the Missouri mines is shipped to the Kansas
-smelters, and the smelting of lead and zinc, but particularly of zinc,
-has come to be one of the most important of our mineral industries.
-The development of the gas field furnished a cheaper and more abundant
-fuel than coal, and much of the smelting was soon being done where gas
-could be used. In later years gas is less abundant and there is a
-tendency to return to the use of coal.
-
-=Oil and Gas.= Although prospecting had been done in earlier years,
-the real development of oil and gas in Kansas began about 1892, with
-the discovery of the big Kansas-Oklahoma field. The oil and gas area
-is included within an irregular strip, forty to fifty miles wide,
-extending from Kansas City southwesterly into Oklahoma. It is
-frequently spoken of as the “oil and gas belt.”
-
-By 1900 nearly every town in the gas belt had more gas than it knew
-what to do with, and various manufacturing enterprises, such as brick
-plants, zinc smelters, glass factories, and Portland cement mills,
-were soon attracted to these towns. A little later gas was being
-supplied to cities outside of the gas belt. Pipe lines were laid to
-Wellington, Wichita, Hutchinson, Topeka, Lawrence, Kansas City,
-Leavenworth, Atchison, and many of the towns between. After ten years
-of this greatly increased use of gas the supply became less abundant,
-and now it is feared that the supply from this field may fail at no
-distant date.
-
- [Illustration: OIL WELL, OR “GUSHER.”]
-
-In the earlier years the oil was all carried in tank cars, but a
-system of pipe lines for carrying it was soon laid. Many refineries
-were soon established. The crude oil is used chiefly for fuel and for
-machine oil. In the refineries it is made into benzine, gasoline, and
-kerosene. Vaseline and paraffin are among the by-products.
-
-In 1914 oil and gas were discovered in Butler County. Within two years
-this field was yielding such large quantities of oil that the total
-production of the State was more than doubled. During the next year,
-1917, more than three times as much oil was produced as in 1916, and
-Kansas had become the greatest oil-producing state in the Union. The
-output of the Butler County field is still increasing, and its
-remarkable yield will probably continue for several years.
-
- [Illustration: SALT PLANT AT HUTCHINSON.]
-
-=Salt.= Salt is found in Kansas as a brine in the salt marshes, and as
-beds of rock salt lying beneath the surface. The marshes were known to
-the early hunters and settlers, and through the early years of
-statehood a little salt was manufactured from this brine. In the late
-’80’s the rock salt beds were discovered and the salt-making industry
-was rapidly developed. The center of the salt industry is now, as it
-has been from the beginning, at Hutchinson. Salt is found in a large
-part of Kansas, but the most valuable area extends across the middle
-of the State from north to south. This great bed of salt is in most
-places from two hundred and fifty to four hundred feet thick. Some
-salt is made by crushing the rock salt, but the greater portion is
-made by the evaporation of brines. The brines are obtained by forcing
-a stream of water through rock salt.
-
-=Brick.= Brickmaking in Kansas dates from the early years. Brick clays
-are found in many parts of the State, but the industry is carried on
-chiefly in the eastern part of the State, especially in the gas belt,
-because of the fuel supply.
-
-=Gypsum.= Gypsum beds are found in the central part of Kansas,
-especially around Blue Rapids and in Saline, Dickinson, and Barber
-counties. Plaster of Paris, used chiefly for making plaster for
-covering wall surfaces, is made from gypsum.
-
- [Illustration: STONE QUARRY.]
-
-=Portland Cement.= Portland cement is a comparatively new product in
-the United States. The development of this industry in Kansas
-commenced about 1900. Portland cement is made from certain mixtures of
-rock substances, put through processes of grinding and heating. Its
-chief use is in making concrete, which is widely used for construction
-work. There are a number of Portland cement mills in the gas belt.
-
-=Glass.= Gas is the most satisfactory fuel for glassmaking, and since
-the gas field in Kansas was opened a number of glass factories have
-been established in the State. Sand of a good quality for making glass
-has also been found in southeastern Kansas.
-
-=Agriculture the Basis of Material Progress.= At present there are
-numbers of factories in Kansas, engaged in many different lines of
-work. Our industries are constantly growing in number and importance,
-and it takes all of them to make a well-rounded state, but it is the
-agricultural industries that form the basis of our prosperity. On
-these we must depend, and the history of agriculture in Kansas is,
-largely, the history of our material progress.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The principal agricultural industries of the State are
- farming, stock raising and horticulture. The principal
- mineral industries are concerned with coal, lead, zinc, oil,
- gas, salt, building stone, and gypsum. The leading
- manufacturing industries are concerned largely with
- agricultural and mineral products, and are carried on most
- extensively in the coal and gas regions.
-
- Drouths, which occur in all agricultural regions, have been
- most severe in Kansas in the following years: 1860, 1869,
- 1874, 1887, 1893, 1913. These years have marked into periods
- what has otherwise been a steady progress in agriculture.
-
- The Agricultural Society, organized during the Civil War,
- was, in 1872, changed into the State Board of Agriculture.
- The Agricultural College, established during the Civil War,
- began active work along agricultural lines in 1873. There
- have been a number of organizations of farmers, most of them
- between 1870 and 1890.
-
- Advancement in agriculture has been made in area under
- cultivation, selection of crops, improvements in machinery,
- better methods of tillage, and irrigation. The leading crops
- are now corn, wheat, and alfalfa.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Bulletins and Reports of the State Board of Agriculture.
- Bulletins and Reports of the Agricultural College.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 252-265.
- Blackmar, Kansas, Selected Topics.
- Old Newspaper Files.
- Historical Collections, vol. IX, pp. 33, 94, 480; vol. XI,
- pp. 81-211; vol. XII, p. 60.
- Walters, History of the Agricultural College.
- Tuttle, History of Kansas.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 232-234, 292-295.
- Publications of the University Geological Survey of Kansas.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What is the leading industry of Kansas?
-
- 2. Discuss the Indians as farmers.
-
- 3. What agricultural progress was made during the Territorial
- period? During the Civil War?
-
- 4. When and why was the Agricultural Society formed? What has
- taken its place? Tell something of the work of the new
- organization.
-
- 5. Describe the early farm implements and methods of farming.
- What have you learned of these things from old settlers?
-
- 6. What were the agricultural conditions in Kansas in 1880?
- Between 1880 and 1887?
-
- 7. What connection does the date 1887 have with the agricultural
- history of the State? What conditions followed this date?
-
- 8. What are the soil and climate conditions of western Kansas?
- Give an account of irrigation in that section.
-
- 9. Name new crops that came into prominence about 1890, and tell
- something of each.
-
- 10. What conditions prevailed in Kansas in the early ’90’s?
- During the period that followed?
-
- 11. Discuss Kansas wheat; Kansas corn.
-
- 12. Discuss the live-stock industry in Kansas.
-
- 13. Give an account of the cattle trade of earlier days.
-
- 14. What progress has horticulture made in Kansas?
-
- 15. What farmers’ organizations have been formed? For what
- purpose?
-
- 16. Discuss the relation of the Agricultural College to the
- farmers.
-
- 17. Discuss the milling industry of our State. The meat-packing
- industry.
-
- 18. Name the mineral resources of Kansas. Discuss each.
-
- 19. What manufacturing industries have grown from the mineral
- resources?
-
- 20. What industries are carried on in your community? Are any
- others being considered?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-TRANSPORTATION IN KANSAS
-
-
-=The Beginning of Railroads in the United States.= About the time
-Kansas was becoming the highway for the Santa Fe trade, experiments
-were being made in England with a new invention, the steam locomotive.
-By 1825 a fair degree of success had been attained. During the next
-half dozen years experiments were carried on in the United States, and
-by 1831 several short railroad lines were in use. By 1850 one could
-travel by rail between the chief cities of the East and as far west as
-St. Louis, but a decade more passed before any railroads were built in
-Kansas.
-
-=Kansas Settlers Desire Railroads.= The agitation for railroads in
-this part of the country began even before the organization of the
-Kansas Territory. The settlers knew the difficulty of building up the
-State without the aid of the railway. They had crept across the
-prairies in their canvas-covered wagons, or had toiled up the shallow,
-sluggish waterways, and they foresaw that they would be unable to
-market their crops or their stock because of the lack of adequate
-means of transportation. Their great desire for railroads is made
-evident by the large number of railway charters granted to different
-companies by the Territorial Legislatures. On account of the immense
-cost of railroad construction, however, work was slow to begin.
-
-=Early Stage Lines.= While the West was waiting for its railroads a
-number of stage routes for carrying mail and passengers were
-established. The first one was over the Santa Fe Trail. Stages made
-the trip from Kansas City to Santa Fe in about fifteen days. For many
-years stage lines were operated between the different towns of the
-Territory. Later, lines were established to Denver, to Salt Lake, and
-even to San Francisco.
-
- [Illustration: STAGE COACH.]
-
-=The Pony Express, 1859-’61.= The trip to San Francisco, a distance of
-about 2000 miles, occupied nearly a month, and the people of
-California were very anxious that a quicker way of getting their mails
-be devised. To meet this demand the Pony Express was established in
-1859. The line extended from St. Joseph to San Francisco, a long,
-lonely way across plains and deserts and over mountains, sometimes in
-a straight line but often winding through dark cañons or along the
-edge of mountain precipices. The Pony Express required one hundred and
-ninety stations, nearly five hundred horses, and eighty riders. The
-stations averaged about ten miles apart. The horses were selected for
-their speed and endurance, and the distance from one station to
-another was covered in the shortest possible time. At each station a
-fresh horse was waiting, and the only delay was in changing the mail
-pouch from one horse to another. The pouch contained only letters, and
-they were written on the thinnest of paper to avoid surplus weight.
-Five dollars was charged for the carrying of each letter. The first
-trip was made in ten days, the shortest one in seven days and
-seventeen hours. Many stories of adventure are related of the two
-years in which the Pony Express was in operation. In 1861 a telegraph
-line was constructed across the continent, which made it possible to
-flash news from ocean to ocean in a few seconds, and the Pony Express
-went out of existence.
-
-=The First Railroad in Kansas, 1860.= By this time railroad building
-had begun in Kansas. The first road was laid in the spring of 1860,
-while Kansas was still a Territory, between Elwood, opposite St.
-Joseph, Missouri, and Marysville. When the first five miles of rail
-had been laid, a little old locomotive that had done service on many
-eastern roads was brought into the State and a celebration was held in
-honor of the first trip. Though the engine was old and drew only a few
-flat cars over the rough and crooked track, it was an important event,
-for it marked the beginning of railroad building in Kansas.
-
-=The Union Pacific Railroad, 1862-’69.= There had long been talk of a
-railroad to the Pacific coast, and in 1862, while the Civil War was
-still in progress, Congress granted a charter for such a line. This
-was the beginning of the Union Pacific Railroad. It was to be built as
-soon as possible by working from both ends. From the east the road was
-to pass through Nebraska and on toward Salt Lake, and from the west it
-was to be built from San Francisco eastward until the two lines met.
-This road did not pass through Kansas, but while it was being
-constructed a line that later became a part of the Union Pacific[18]
-system was built from Kansas City westward, along the Kansas River,
-through Manhattan, Junction City, and Salina, and on west through
-Denver to join the main line at Cheyenne.[19]
-
- [Illustration: THE INDIAN, THE SOLDIER, AND THE BUILDER.]
-
-During the seven years spent in building this railroad many
-difficulties were met and conquered. Most of the country along the
-line was without timber, fuel, or any of the necessary supplies. The
-materials for construction were brought up the Missouri River by
-steamboat to Kansas City. From this point they were hauled by train
-over the new railroad as far as it was completed. The Indians opposed
-the work because it meant the westward movement of civilization and
-the settling of their hunting grounds. They were a constant source of
-danger to the whole frontier, but especially to the railroad builders.
-The men usually went to their work armed, and stacked their guns ready
-for instant use. Sometimes it was even necessary to guard the men with
-troops while they worked. History gives many accounts of Indian
-massacres committed along the line of the Union Pacific Railroad. The
-entire line was finished in 1869.
-
- [Illustration: EARLY DAYS ON THE UNION PACIFIC.]
-
-=The Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe, Completed in 1872.= In the meantime
-other lines had been chartered through Kansas, the principal one being
-the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe. This railroad was begun at Topeka in
-1868 and completed to the western boundary of the State in a little
-more than four years. The line between Topeka and Atchison was also
-completed within this period. The Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe has
-since been extended westward to the coast and eastward to Chicago, and
-many branches have been added. This railroad follows the general
-direction of the Santa Fe Trail across the eastern half of the State.
-Near Great Bend the track runs on the exact course of the old highway,
-and from this point on through the rest of the State they are never
-far apart and often coincide. When, in 1872, the “Santa Fe,” as it is
-generally called, was completed through Kansas, the last caravan of
-wagons had wound its way over the old Trail. The trains of cars
-rushing over the new iron trail marked another advance in the westward
-march of civilization.
-
- [Illustration: THE “IRON TRAIL” ACROSS THE PRAIRIES.]
-
-=Railroad Companies Receive Land Grants.= The immense cost of railroad
-construction, the sparsely settled country, and the limited amount of
-traffic, made the early building of railroads a risky undertaking. But
-railroads were needed in order to unite the West to the East as well
-as for the development of the new country, and in order to encourage
-their building Congress adopted the policy of making liberal land
-grants to railroad companies. The Union Pacific through Kansas was
-given land amounting to a strip ten miles wide on each side of its
-line. Several other companies, including the Atchison, Topeka & Santa
-Fe, received grants amounting to five miles on each side. This policy
-brought about the rapid building of railroads, but when the State
-became fairly well supplied the land grants were discontinued. Much of
-the land was later forfeited by the companies through failure to meet
-the conditions of their grants.
-
-=Railroad Companies Interested in Settlement.= When the early
-railroads were first built across Kansas there were but few people
-living in the western part of the State. Since population was
-necessary to the prosperity of the railroad companies, these companies
-gave much attention to the matter of increasing the settlements along
-their lines. They sent land agents throughout the United States and
-Europe, they invited people of prominence to join excursions through
-Kansas, and they filled the newspapers with descriptions of the great
-West. Kansas was widely and favorably advertised. Interest was
-everywhere aroused and many people were attracted to the State.
-
-=Mennonite Settlements.= The railroad companies succeeded in planting
-a number of colonies of foreigners on their lands. Among them were the
-settlements of Mennonites in Reno, Harvey, Marion, and McPherson
-counties. These people came from Russia for religious freedom. “They
-came simultaneously with the grasshoppers but outstayed them.” The
-first party, in 1874, numbered 1900 people, and many more followed
-rapidly until there are now many thousands of these people in Kansas.
-They brought a considerable amount of money with them and were able to
-purchase their land. The Mennonites were farmers, a thrifty,
-industrious people who have contributed much toward making Kansas a
-great agricultural State.
-
-=Swedish Settlements.= Swedes had been coming to Kansas since
-Territorial days. In 1871 the Union Pacific sold a large tract of land
-in Saline County for a Swedish settlement. This settlement has
-increased and others have been formed until there are now many people
-of this nationality in Kansas. Lindsborg, almost entirely Swedish, is
-their religious and social center. It is noted for its school of
-music. Most of these people came in poverty, but they have converted
-the bare prairies into fine agricultural districts and have become
-prosperous citizens. They are an industrious, intelligent,
-progressive, and law-abiding people.
-
-Other colonies have settled in various parts of the State; among
-these, German-Russians in Russell, Rush, and Ellis counties, Scotch in
-Republic County, English in Clay County, and Bohemians in Ellsworth
-County. There are, at present, people of many nationalities in Kansas.
-
-=Relation of Railroads to State’s Industries.= Not only did the early
-building of railroads do much to bring about the rapid settlement of
-Kansas, but it hastened the development of practically all of the
-State’s industries. For instance, the railroads have made it possible
-for the farmer to market his live stock and his crops. Out of these
-better market facilities have grown the great meat-packing centers and
-the flouring mills. On the other hand, the growth of settlements and
-industries has brought prosperity to the railroads and they have
-increased in wealth, equipment, and mileage. Thus the relation between
-the railroads and the State’s progress is very close.
-
-There are at present nearly 10,000 miles of railroad in Kansas, most
-of it belonging to the four great companies, the Atchison, Topeka &
-Santa Fe, the Missouri Pacific, the Union Pacific, and the Chicago,
-Rock Island & Pacific.
-
- [Illustration: A MODERN LOCOMOTIVE AND ONE OF 1880.]
-
-=Railroad Regulation.= There has been but little railroad building in
-Kansas for a number of years for the State is now fairly well
-supplied. Almost every county now has one or more railroads. In the
-earlier years the important thing was to get the railroads. Having
-secured them, the matter of chief concern has been to regulate them.
-During the late ’70’s much dissatisfaction arose because railroad
-rates were high, and several attempts were made to place the matter of
-rate regulation under the control of the State. In 1883 a law was
-passed creating a Railroad Commission of three members. This
-Commission was given a great deal of power, especially in regard to
-revising and establishing rates, and in adjusting disputes between the
-railroads and their patrons. Within a few years, through the efforts
-of the Commission together with the increase in business resulting
-from a growing population, rates were reduced almost half. Since its
-work proved to be of great service to the people the Commission was
-continued. In 1911 the Railroad Commission became the Public Utilities
-Commission, which was given control over all such corporations as
-railroads, electric lines, and telegraph and telephone systems, in
-matters that are of interest only to this particular State. In matters
-that concern more than one state the Interstate Commerce Commission
-may act.
-
-When the United States entered the World War it became evident that
-one of the big problems to be met was that of transportation, within
-our own country, of men and supplies. The solution decided upon was
-that of government control of the railroads, which was secured by
-placing a director-general in charge of all the railroads of the
-United States. It was provided that this control might be continued
-for a period of twenty-one months after the close of the war.
-
-=Interurban Lines.= Within recent years our means of transportation
-have been increased by the building of electric railway lines. They
-usually extend from one city to another, and are therefore called
-interurban lines. Most of those already built are in the southeastern
-part of the State. Plans were under way for a number of additional
-lines, but the coming of the War checked practically all of this work.
-The return of normal conditions will doubtless see a large increase in
-interurban mileage.
-
-=Road Improvement.= The building of railroads did not make wagon roads
-less important, but more so, for there must be plenty of good roads if
-the people are to make full use of the railroads. The development of
-roads in this State has been going forward since the earliest days.
-Time, money, and effort are required to build roads in a new country,
-and during the years that Kansas has been engaged in this great task
-many different plans have been tried out and many road laws have been
-passed from time to time, but it was not until after Congress passed
-an act providing federal aid in road making that a unified plan for
-the whole State became a fact. This act was passed in 1916, and Kansas
-accepted its provisions in 1917. Since that time remarkable progress
-has been made. A system of State highways forming a network over the
-entire State has been selected, thousands of miles of which are
-“federal-aid roads”; a complete system of connecting county roads has
-been designated; information has been compiled and distributed
-concerning the making of different kinds of roads, as earth, oiled
-earth, gravel, water-bound macadam, bituminous macadam, asphaltic
-concrete, concrete, and brick; bridge and culvert building have been
-standardized; and many miles of hard-surfaced roads have already been
-built or are in process of construction. Road building in Kansas is
-now progressing at a rate far beyond that of any time in the past.
-
-=Motor Truck Service.= Much of the attention now being given to road
-improvement has been brought about by the rapidly increasing use of
-the automobile. During the earlier years of the automobile it was used
-chiefly for the transportation of passengers, but the development of
-the motor truck is making it an important factor in freight
-transportation. Many lines of motor truck service already have been
-established in the State, but on account of the uncertain condition of
-most of the roads the service is necessarily irregular. With the
-building of hard-surfaced roads the motor truck will no doubt soon
-become a fully established part of our transportation system.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- Railroad construction was begun in the United States about
- 1830. By 1850 railroads reached as far west as St. Louis.
- Many stage lines were established in early Kansas. The first
- railroad was built in Kansas in 1860; the line extended from
- Elwood to Marysville. The Union Pacific was built through
- Kansas between 1862 and 1869. The Atchison, Topeka & Santa
- Fe Railway was completed in 1872. In the meantime a number
- of other roads were built. The railroads received large
- grants of land, which they sold to settlers, thereby raising
- money and increasing business. They advertised Kansas
- widely. The people soon found it necessary to regulate the
- railroads, and created for this purpose the Railroad
- Commission, now the Public Utilities Commission. Besides the
- various railroad systems of the State, there are many
- interurban lines and a rapidly growing motor truck service.
- Great progress in road improvement is being made.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Arnold, Civics and Citizenship, pp. 97-108.
- Maps and Folders, published by the railroad companies.
- Blackmar, Kansas, vol. II, pp. 533-548.
- Elson, History of the United States, pp. 475, 618, 818.
- Prentis, History of Kansas, pp. 168-170, 184-186, 191-194.
- Historical Collections, vol. VIII, p. 384; vol. XI, p. 529; vol.
- XII, pp. 37, 47, 383; vol. IX, p. 467; vol. VI, p. 357.
- Reports of Interstate Commerce Commission and Public Utilities
- Commission.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, pp. 241-252.
- Inman, The Old Santa Fe Trail.
- Root and Connelley, The Overland Stage Route to California.
- Spring, Kansas, pp. 306-313.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. Give an account of the beginning of railway transportation in
- the United States. What were the conditions by 1850?
-
- 2. What were the early methods of travel in Kansas?
-
- 3. Why were the early settlers anxious for railroads? What did
- they do to secure railroads?
-
- 4. Discuss the stage lines; the Pony Express.
-
- 5. When and where was the first railroad built in Kansas?
-
- 6. Tell something of the building of the main line of the Union
- Pacific.
-
- 7. Give an account of the building of the Union Pacific through
- Kansas. What were some of the difficulties that had to be
- overcome?
-
- 8. When was the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe built? Give its
- route.
-
- 9. Name other railroads in Kansas.
-
- 10. Why were land grants made to the railroad companies? How did
- the railroad companies use this land?
-
- 11. Why did the railroad companies advertise Kansas? What was the
- effect on the State?
-
- 12. Locate settlements of foreigners in Kansas.
-
- 13. Show why there is a close relation between the people and the
- railroads.
-
- 14. Why has regulation of the railroads been found necessary? How
- has it been accomplished?
-
- 15. What is, approximately, the railroad mileage of the State?
-
- 16. What lines of railroad in your community?
-
- 17. Are there any interurban lines near you? Are any such lines
- being discussed?
-
- 18. What motor truck service is being carried on in your
- community?
-
- 19. Locate the state highways and the county roads of your
- county.
-
- 20. Describe recent improvement of roads in your community.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-EDUCATION IN KANSAS
-
-
-=The First Schools in Kansas.= The first schools in Kansas were the
-mission schools for the Indians. When Kansas was organized as a
-Territory and the white settlers began to make their homes here, the
-education of their children became one of their first interests. In
-the summer of 1855 the first Territorial Legislature passed a law
-providing for the establishment of common schools, and thus laid the
-foundation for our public school system.
-
-=Early Territorial Schools.= In January of 1855, when the town of
-Lawrence was only six months old, a school was opened in the back of
-Dr. Charles Robinson’s office. A term of school was held in Lawrence
-every winter thereafter. Other towns also maintained schools, as did a
-few of the country communities, but the settlers’ claims were so
-widely scattered and the dangers during the days of raids and warfare
-were so great that country schools were almost an impossibility during
-the first few years.
-
-=Subscription Schools.= Many of the earlier schools were “subscription
-schools,” which means that they were not public schools supported by a
-tax levy, but that the teacher’s pay came from a tuition charged each
-pupil who attended.
-
-=Beginning of Our School System.= By 1859, when Territorial conditions
-had become more settled, the Legislature turned its attention to the
-matter of education and passed a set of school laws that has served
-ever since as the basis of our system of education. While Kansas was
-still a Territory, a few districts were organized and schoolhouses
-built, and the minimum school term was made three months.
-
- [Illustration: SOD SCHOOLHOUSE.]
-
-=Schools After the Civil War.= Little educational progress was made
-during the Civil War, but when peace had come to Kansas and the people
-could turn their minds to the needs of their homes and communities,
-schoolhouses built of logs or sod sprang up everywhere, for the
-pioneers had brought with them a desire to educate their children.
-Sometimes the settlers did not even wait to organize their district,
-but gathered together and began work on their schoolhouse. Where there
-was a timber supply they made their buildings of logs. On the prairie
-they built of sod. With the breaking plow they sliced out long pieces
-of sod from two to four inches thick and twelve to fourteen inches
-wide, and these, mortared with soft mud, were used like brick to build
-the walls. The roof was sometimes of lumber, but often the sod was
-laid over a framework of brush and poles. Whether the building was of
-logs or of sod, the floor was usually of dirt sprinkled and packed
-until it was hard and smooth. As the country grew in population and
-resources these buildings were replaced by others made of lumber,
-brick, or stone, but the little log and sod schoolhouses served the
-pioneers well. They were used not only for school purposes, but for
-religious services and for social gatherings, spelling schools,
-singing schools, and literary societies. The schoolhouses were the
-social centers in early Kansas.
-
- [Illustration: INTERIOR OF SOD SCHOOLHOUSE.]
-
-=The Work of the Pioneer Schools.= Although the minimum term was three
-months, it was usually made a little longer for the benefit of the
-smaller children. As a rule the older boys and girls went to school
-only during the winter months when they could be spared from the
-farms. The work in the schools in those days consisted chiefly of the
-three R’s, “readin’, ’ritin’ and ’rithmetic.” In most cases, the
-pupils started each year at the beginning of their books and worked as
-far as they could. This was continued winter after winter until the
-girls and boys were eighteen to twenty-one years of age, or even
-older. There was no such thing as graduating from the country schools;
-the pupils attended until they were ready to quit. Since there were
-almost no high schools in the State, few of the children received more
-than a common school education, and most of the teachers had no more
-than that.
-
- [Illustration: A PRESENT DAY RURAL SCHOOL.]
-
-=Changes in the District Schools.= Conditions are quite different in
-the country schools to-day. Many of them have terms of eight months, a
-few have nine months, while seven months is the shortest term
-permitted by the State. The truancy law requires attendance during the
-full term, whatever its length. The sod and log schoolhouses of
-pioneer days were, in time, replaced by neat little box-like buildings
-usually constructed of wood, though occasionally of brick or stone,
-and these in turn are now rapidly disappearing and their places are
-being taken by buildings that are larger, more beautiful, more
-comfortable, and far better adapted to educational needs. The
-qualifications of teachers have been raised. In earlier days, when
-there were but few high schools, many teachers had no education beyond
-what they had obtained in the country schools, but to-day ninety per
-cent of the rural teachers of the State are high-school graduates, and
-this per cent is steadily increasing. The work of the rural schools
-has expanded far beyond the “three R’s.” In addition to the regular
-work it now includes as much as time will permit of such subjects as
-music, manual training, agriculture, and household arts. The rural
-schools have been receiving a great deal of attention in recent years
-and are very rapidly being improved. Several hundred of them have
-already met the requirements laid down by the State for a “standard”
-school, and a few for a “superior” school, and these lists are
-constantly growing.
-
- [Illustration: A CONSOLIDATED SCHOOL.]
-
- [Illustration: A HIGH-SCHOOL CLASS IN DOMESTIC SCIENCE.]
-
- [Illustration: A HIGH-SCHOOL CLASS IN MANUAL TRAINING.]
-
-=Consolidated Schools.= Consolidation is generally looked upon as a
-method of bettering conditions in the rural schools. A consolidated
-district is one formed by the union of several districts. The little
-district schoolhouses are replaced by a larger building, usually
-centrally located, to which the children are conveyed in wagons
-provided for that purpose. With its larger valuation the consolidated
-district can have plenty of teachers and equipment and can offer a
-greater variety of subjects. There are a number of consolidated
-schools in the State now, and the plan is being considered in many
-communities. The good roads movement will no doubt do much to
-encourage consolidation.
-
- [Illustration: A COUNTY HIGH SCHOOL.]
-
-=Growth of the High School.= A number of years passed before there
-were many high schools in Kansas. Four schools constituted the list of
-accredited high schools of the State as published in 1876. By 1886 the
-number had grown to thirty-six, and by 1896 it had reached
-seventy-seven. From that time on the number increased very rapidly
-until in 1918 there were six hundred thirty accredited high schools in
-the State, one hundred twenty-one of which were rural high schools.
-Until about 1905 the standard for an accredited high school was a
-course of only three years. Since that time it has been four years. In
-the early years the real purpose of the high school was considered to
-be that of preparing the pupils for college, and the courses of study
-included only such subjects as were suited to that purpose. The
-present idea is that this is only one of the purposes of the high
-school, the other being that of supplying to the great mass of pupils,
-who will never go to college, the best possible preparation for
-living. To accomplish this latter purpose courses of study have been
-broadened to include such work as music, manual training, agriculture,
-commercial work, household arts, teacher training, and industrial
-training. Until very recent years high schools were established only
-in towns and cities, but now they are to be found in consolidated
-districts, and in rural districts, sometimes in small towns in those
-districts and sometimes in communities that are entirely rural. There
-is not now a county in the State that is without a four-year
-accredited high school.
-
- [Illustration: FORT HAYS KANSAS NORMAL SCHOOL.]
-
- [Illustration: TWO-TEACHER RURAL SCHOOL.]
-
- [Illustration: KANSAS STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, EMPORIA.]
-
-=Institutions of Higher Learning.= The deep interest of the Kansas
-settlers in matters of education is nowhere more apparent than in
-their early establishment of institutions of higher learning. In the
-first Constitution, made in 1855, one reads, “The General Assembly may
-take measures for the establishment of a university”; and again,
-“Provisions may be made by law for the support of normal schools.”
-These matters were not lost sight of, and almost immediately after the
-admission of Kansas as a state this ambition found expression in the
-establishment of the Normal School, the Agricultural College, and the
-University.
-
- [Illustration: RURAL HIGH SCHOOL.]
-
-=The Normal Schools.= The State Normal School at Emporia opened in
-1865 with eighteen students enrolled. It used the upper floor of the
-new schoolhouse that had just been built for Emporia which was then
-but a small town. There was no furniture, and the equipment consisted
-of a Bible and a dictionary. Seats were borrowed from a neighboring
-church. But the Normal soon had a building of its own. In later years
-this has been three times replaced by a larger and better one and many
-new buildings have been added.
-
- [Illustration: MANUAL TRAINING NORMAL SCHOOL, PITTSBURG.]
-
-The Normal School is based on the principle that it is not only
-necessary to know what to teach but how to teach; that there are new
-discoveries and advances in methods of teaching as there are in other
-lines, such as medicine or farming. The purpose of the Normal School
-is to train teachers.
-
- [Illustration: SCHOOLHOUSE USED AS A SOCIAL CENTER.]
-
-When our State Normal School was established there were not more than
-a dozen other such schools in the United States and none that prepared
-teachers for high-school positions. To-day there are many normal
-schools, but none larger than ours or more amply equipped to prepare
-teachers for all lines of teaching. The course of study, reaching from
-the kindergarten to the completion of a college course, places our
-State Normal School in the front rank of institutions of its kind.
-
- [Illustration: KANSAS STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, MANHATTAN.]
-
-In 1901 the Western Branch State Normal School was established at
-Hays, and in 1903 another branch, the Manual Training Normal School,
-was opened at Pittsburg. Each of these has since been made an
-independent school. The one at Hays is now known as the Fort Hays
-Kansas Normal School.
-
-=The Agricultural College.= In 1862 Congress passed an act providing
-for land grants to states for the purpose of establishing colleges of
-agriculture and mechanic arts. Kansas was among the first states to
-accept the endowment, and the next year Bluemont Central College, a
-Methodist school at Manhattan, was given to the State and made the
-State Agricultural College. During the first ten years the growth of
-the Agricultural College was very slow. This was chiefly due to the
-fact that industrial education was something new and did not receive
-much attention. The College gave only a little work in agriculture or
-manual training, and what was given was merely supplementary. It was
-doing little to educate toward the farm or the workshop. In 1873 the
-school was reorganized. Farmers began to be interested in it and to
-discuss its possibilities. Such subjects as Latin and Greek were
-dropped and agriculture, home economics, and mechanic arts were
-emphasized. Workshops, print shops, kitchen and sewing rooms,
-agricultural implements, and live stock, were provided. This was a
-very advanced step at that time and it aroused some opposition. It was
-called the “new-fangled” education, and farmers who read and studied
-methods of farming were often sneered at as “book farmers.” But in
-time people began to view these things in a different light. It has
-now come to be generally recognized that successful farming requires a
-broader and more varied knowledge than almost any other business, and
-that in an agricultural state like ours nothing is more important than
-the training of its citizens for home and farm life. The Agricultural
-College now occupies the position of leadership in the agricultural
-and industrial interests of the State, and is one of the largest
-agricultural colleges in the United States.
-
- [Illustration: THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS, LAWRENCE.]
-
-=The University.= The University of Kansas was established by an act
-of the Legislature of 1864, and its object, as given by this act, is
-to “provide the inhabitants of the State with means of acquiring a
-thorough knowledge of the various branches of literature, science, and
-the arts.” The university idea is hundreds of years old, and so there
-was nothing new in the thought of a university in Kansas. The
-University of Kansas was built on the flat-topped hill in Lawrence
-where the first party of free-state settlers pitched their tents. It
-was opened in 1866 with forty students and three professors. To-day
-there are twenty great buildings on Mount Oread. The central
-department of the University is the college, which provides a liberal
-education in languages, sciences, mathematics, history, and kindred
-subjects. Besides the college there are schools of engineering, of
-fine arts, of law, of pharmacy, of medicine, and of education. Ours
-now ranks high among the universities of the United States.
-
-=Control of State Schools.= Altogether, the University, the
-Agricultural College, and the Normal Schools employ about seven
-hundred instructors and enroll between eight and nine thousand
-students each year. The total annual cost to the people of Kansas is
-nearly two million dollars. These schools, together with the School
-for the Blind at Kansas City, and the School for the Deaf at Olathe,
-were, in 1913, placed under the management of a board of three members
-called the Board of Administration. In 1917 the Board of
-Administration was reorganized and the penal and the charitable
-institutions of the State were placed under its control.
-
-=Denominational Colleges.= In addition to the State institutions
-Kansas has more than thirty denominational colleges. A few of the
-largest of these are Baker University at Baldwin, Washburn College at
-Topeka, Ottawa University at Ottawa, Friends University at Wichita,
-the Southwestern University at Winfield, and the College of Emporia.
-There are also a number of business colleges and a few independent
-schools.
-
-=Other Provisions for Education.= Besides all the schools where the
-people of Kansas may obtain an education, every effort is being made
-to provide other educational opportunities by means of extension work,
-public and traveling libraries, and night schools. The State Normal
-School, the Agricultural College, and the University all do extension
-work, which means that they offer correspondence courses, send out
-lecturers, and in various other ways carry their work to those who can
-not attend the schools. Many communities maintain free public
-libraries and the State maintains a traveling library.[20] Night
-schools are now provided in several of our larger cities. An education
-is now possible to any one who really wants it.
-
-All of this has been brought about within little more than a half
-century, and though there is much yet to be done the people of Kansas
-have every reason to be proud of what they have accomplished in the
-interests of education.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- Education in Kansas began with the mission schools and was
- one of the first interests in Territorial days. There were
- many subscription schools before district schools were
- organized. The organization of districts began in the
- Territorial period and kept pace with settlement. The
- University, the Normal School and the Agricultural College
- were established during the Civil War. Since that time many
- denominational colleges have been established, the high
- school has been developed, and many other means of education
- have been provided. Great educational progress has been
- made.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Prentis, History of Kansas, chap. XXXV.
- Historical Collections, vol. VI, pp. 70, 114; vol. VII, pp. 167,
- 502; vol. XI, p. 424; vol. XII, pp. 69, 77, 195.
- Catalogues of the State Schools.
- Reports of State Department of Education.
- Statutes of Kansas.
- Blackmar, Kansas, Selected Topics.
- Andreas, History of Kansas, General and County Histories.
- Spring, Kansas, pp. 319-325.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What were the mission schools?
-
- 2. When did the settlers become interested in education?
-
- 3. What was done in education during the Territorial period?
-
- 4. What were subscription schools?
-
- 5. Describe the early schoolhouses. Compare them with the
- buildings of to-day.
-
- 6. How did work in the early schools differ from work in the
- schools of to-day?
-
- 7. Give the history of the growth of the high school.
-
- 8. Give an account of the establishment of the State Normal
- School; its growth; its purpose. What other normal schools do
- we now have?
-
- 9. When and where was the Agricultural College established? Give
- an account of its growth; its work to-day.
-
- 10. What is the purpose of a university? When and where was the
- University of Kansas established?
-
- 11. What is the present enrollment and cost of the State schools?
-
- 12. What is a denominational college? Name some of the most
- important of the denominational colleges in Kansas.
-
- 13. What other opportunities for education have been provided?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII
-
-KANSAS MEMORIALS
-
-
-=Significance of Kansas History.= Kansas is a comparatively new State.
-Nearly all of its history has been made within little more than a
-century, and most of it within the sixty years of its period of
-settlement. Few states, however, have had a more eventful history.
-From its beginning Kansas has been a place of action. The pages of its
-history are filled with wars and battles, with stirring adventure, and
-with deeds of courage and daring. Nearly every part of the State has
-its places of historic interest, and the names of men and women who
-should be honored for good and brave deeds would make a long list.
-
-The people of Kansas are proud of the history of their State and
-desire to preserve it. To that end they have taken steps to save a
-number of the old landmarks, they have built many monuments, and have
-gathered and kept many records of the past.
-
- [Illustration: Bust of Eugene Ware
-
- “Of all the states, but three will live in story;
- Old Massachusetts with her Plymouth Rock,
- And Old Virginia with her noble stock,
- And Sunny Kansas with her woes and glory.”
- ――EUGENE F. WARE.]
-
-=Pawnee Rock.= One of the early landmarks was Pawnee Rock on the old
-Santa Fe Trail, in what is now Barton County. This giant rock standing
-on the level plain was a noted spot, for the Trail ran near its base,
-and while it provided a place of rest and safety for many a weary
-traveler, it also afforded a retreat from which the Indians could dash
-down upon the traders. In later years much of the rock was torn away
-for building purposes and this historic old landmark was rapidly
-disappearing. The Woman’s Kansas Day Club resolved to save this
-historic spot, and secured a deed for the Rock and five acres of
-ground surrounding it. On Kansas Day, 1909, the women presented this
-deed to the State. The transfer was made with the condition that the
-State spend $3000 for improvements. This was done and the preservation
-of Pawnee Rock is now assured.
-
- [Illustration: PRESENT VIEW OF PAWNEE ROCK.]
-
-=The Pike Memorial.= The exact site of the Pawnee Indian village
-visited by Lieutenant Pike in 1806 was not known with certainty for
-many years, but was finally found to be in Republic County. It was
-located through the discovery of rows of circular ridges supposed to
-have been the embankments of the Indian lodges.[21] An iron fence now
-incloses about six acres of the ground, on which the rings are still
-plainly visible, and a granite shaft stands where the Stars and
-Stripes first floated over Kansas. The monument bears the inscription:
-“Erected by the State of Kansas, 1901, to mark the site of the Pawnee
-Republic where Lieutenant Zebulon M. Pike caused the Spanish flag to
-be lowered and the flag of the United States to be raised, September
-29, 1806.”
-
- [Illustration: WHERE THE STARS AND STRIPES FIRST FLOATED OVER
- KANSAS.]
-
-=Marking of the Santa Fe Trail.= The Santa Fe Trail, which was
-associated with most of the early history of Kansas, was known
-throughout the country, but with the settlement of the State the old
-highway was growing dim; the ruts were filling in, grass was covering
-the broad track, and with the passing of those who knew it in the old
-days the true route was in danger of being forgotten. To prevent this,
-the Daughters of the American Revolution began, in the opening years
-of the present century, to agitate the question of marking the line of
-the Trail through the State. In 1905 the Legislature appropriated
-$1000 “for procuring suitable monuments for this purpose.” Kansas Day
-of 1906 was designated “Trail Day” in the public schools, and the
-children were invited to contribute a penny each toward the fund. They
-gave $584.40. Eighty-nine markers were purchased. Various local
-organizations added nine more, making a total of ninety-eight markers.
-They were placed along the Trail from the eastern to the western end
-of the State. They bear the inscription, “Santa Fe Trail 1822-1872.
-Marked by the Daughters of the American Revolution and the State of
-Kansas, 1906.” A few of the markers bear special inscriptions in
-addition to this. The one at Council Grove has on the other side, “On
-this spot, August 10, 1825, the treaty was made with the Osage Indians
-for the right of way of the Santa Fe Trail.”
-
- [Illustration: SANTA FE TRAIL MARKER, WITH LOCAL INSCRIPTION.]
-
- [Illustration: SANTA FE TRAIL MARKER.]
-
-=Pawnee Capitol.= The old stone building erected at Pawnee for the
-capitol of Kansas still stands on the Fort Riley Reservation. In 1907
-a subscription fund was raised and the money used to repair and
-restore the old building so that it will stand for many years as a
-relic of our early history.
-
- [Illustration: OLD PAWNEE CAPITOL ON THE FORT RILEY MILITARY
- RESERVATION.]
-
-=John Brown’s Battle Field.= The site of John Brown’s battle field at
-Osawatomie was purchased by the Woman’s Relief Corps of Kansas and
-presented to the State in 1909.
-
-=Statues in the Hall of Fame.= Each State is permitted to place two
-statues in the Hall of Fame in the National Capitol at Washington. In
-1905 one of the Kansas places was filled with a statue of John J.
-Ingalls, who was a Senator from this State from 1873 to 1891. In 1913
-the other place was filled with a statue of George W. Glick, who was
-Governor of Kansas from 1883 to 1885.
-
- [Illustration: THE JOHN BROWN MONUMENT.]
-
-=Other Monuments.= A number of monuments have been erected in various
-parts of the State in commemoration of noted persons or events. The
-John Brown monument at Osawatomie was dedicated on August 30, 1877. It
-bears two inscriptions: “In commemoration of those who, on the 30th of
-August, 1856, gave up their lives at the battle of Osawatomie in
-defense of freedom,” and, “This inscription is also in commemoration
-of the heroism of Captain John Brown, who commanded at the battle of
-Osawatomie, August 30, 1856; who died and conquered American slavery
-on the scaffold at Charlestown, Virginia, December 2, 1859.”
-
- [Illustration: MARAIS DES CYGNES MONUMENT.]
-
-A splendid monument has been erected in Linn County to mark the graves
-of the victims of the Marais des Cygnes massacre.
-
- [Illustration: QUANTRILL RAID MONUMENT.]
-
-At Lawrence there is a monument bearing this inscription: “Dedicated
-to the memory of the one hundred and fifty citizens who, defenseless,
-fell victims to the inhuman ferocity of border guerrillas, led by the
-infamous Quantrill in his raid upon Lawrence, August 21, 1863. Erected
-May 30, 1895.”
-
-A monument has been raised near Junction City in honor of the
-expedition of Coronado. There are several other monuments in the State
-commemorating the Spanish explorations of 1541-1542.
-
-Monuments have been dedicated to the memory of settlers killed in the
-Indian raids on the frontier, and to men who were killed by Indians
-while engaged in construction work on the Union Pacific Railroad.
-
-=Memorial Hall.= These are only a few; many tablets, monuments, and
-markers have been erected in Kansas, but by far the greatest number of
-them are monuments in honor of the soldiers of the Civil War. Many of
-these are very handsome, and they have cost, in the aggregate,
-thousands of dollars; but this recognition seemed insufficient, and it
-had long been hoped that a handsome and serviceable building might be
-erected as a fitting and worthy recognition by the whole State of the
-honor due the soldiers and sailors of the Civil War. The fulfillment
-of this ambition finally became possible when the United States paid
-to Kansas an old Civil War debt amounting to nearly a half-million
-dollars. The money was used for the construction of Memorial Hall.
-This beautiful structure, built of white marble, stands near the
-grounds of the State Capitol at Topeka. Part of Memorial Hall is used
-as headquarters for the Kansas Department of the Grand Army of the
-Republic, and the rest by the State Historical Society.
-
- [Illustration: AN OLD, DOUBLE-EDGED, SPANISH SWORD,
- Found in Finney county some years ago and presented to the State
- Historical Society. The sword bears the name of one of
- Coronado’s officers, Juan Gallego. On the blade, in Spanish, are
- the words: “Draw me not without reason; sheathe me not without
- honor.”]
-
-=The State Historical Society.= The State Historical Society was
-organized in 1875. From that time until the present the Society has
-gathered and kept books, writings, narratives, maps, relics and other
-matter relating to the history of Kansas. In these collections may be
-found information concerning the explorations, the Indians, the
-overland travel, the settlements, and the condition and progress of
-the State in its various departments. Volumes of clippings, files of
-newspapers, and thousands of books, provide a very complete record of
-all phases of the State’s history. One of the interesting features is
-the collection of relics, among which are: an old Spanish sword
-supposed to have belonged to one of Coronado’s soldiers; the pistol of
-the Jayhawker, James Montgomery; two cannon used in the border
-troubles; and the cap, saddle, and sword of John Brown. There are many
-Indian pipes, ornaments, implements, arrowheads, and a war bonnet. The
-historical collections, which have increased from year to year, are
-very interesting and should be seen by every citizen of Kansas. The
-Historical Society had rooms in the State Capitol until the completion
-of Memorial Hall, when it was moved into the new building. Thus
-Memorial Hall stands as a tribute not only to the soldiers but to the
-entire history of Kansas.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- In late years Kansas has taken many steps to preserve its
- history. Some of its most prominent memorials are: Pawnee
- Rock; Pike Memorial; Santa Fe Trail markers; Pawnee Capitol;
- John Brown’s battle-field; monuments to commemorate the
- battle of Osawatomie, the Marais des Cygnes massacre, and
- the Quantrill raid. Many other monuments and tablets have
- been erected in different parts of the State to commemorate
- important events. Memorial Hall, completed in 1914, was
- built in honor of the soldiers and sailors who served in the
- Civil War. This building provided fitting quarters for the
- Kansas Department of the Grand Army of the Republic, and for
- the State Historical Society which has a large and valuable
- collection of original historical material.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Blackmar, Kansas, Selected Topics.
- Inman, The Old Santa Fe Trail.
- Historical Collections, vol. XI, p. 253; vol. X, pp. 15, 50, 472.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. How long since Kansas became a state?
-
- 2. What places of historic interest are there in the State?
-
- 3. What places of historic interest are there in your locality?
- Have they been marked in any way?
-
- 4. What have you learned from the old settlers about the history
- of your locality?
-
- 5. Locate Pawnee Rock. Give its early history. Its recent
- history.
-
- 6. Give an account of Pike’s visit to the Pawnee Indians. Where
- was the Indian village? How has this event been commemorated?
-
- 7. Give an account of the marking of the Santa Fe Trail.
-
- 8. Locate the old Pawnee Capitol and give its history.
-
- 9. Name as many other memorials as you can and give the event
- which each commemorates.
-
- 10. What is Memorial Hall? Why was it erected? For what is it to
- be used?
-
- 11. Explain the work and purpose of the State Historical Society.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX
-
-THE KANSAS SPIRIT
-
-
-=Introduction.= Kansas is a great State; great in size and wealth,
-great in industries and resources, and great in what it has
-accomplished. But there are states that are larger, others that are
-wealthier, and many that have larger cities, greater population, a
-longer history, and more splendid memorials, so it is not for these
-things that Kansas is especially noted among the states. The quality
-that is the mark of its distinction is the character of its history
-and of its people.
-
-=The Meaning of the Kansas Spirit.= Any people is, in large part, the
-product of its thinking, its beliefs, and its hopes and desires. This
-is the lesson of Hawthorne’s story, “The Great Stone Face.” Through
-all the years Ernest studied the face on the mountain and pondered the
-thoughts that he read there. In time he came to resemble the great
-face, both in its features and in the character it expressed. In the
-same way the people of Kansas have become what they are to-day because
-of their thoughts, their experiences and their ideals. We often hear
-it said concerning some act or some effort toward progress, “That is
-the Kansas spirit,” which means that the thing done shows what kind of
-people the Kansans are; it is characteristic of them. If, then, we
-would understand what this Kansas spirit is, we must know what
-thoughts and experiences and ideals have had a part in producing it.
-
- [Illustration: Bust of John J. Ingalls
-
- “This is but the dawn. We stand in the vestibule of the temple.
- The achievements of the past will pale into insignificance
- before the completed glory of the century to come.”
- ――JOHN J. INGALLS.]
-
-=Pioneer Qualities.= Certain characteristics of the people of Kansas
-are largely due to the fact that this was so recently a frontier
-state. Pioneer life, wherever it exists, develops the qualities of
-independence, courage, resourcefulness, endurance, and democracy. The
-pioneer has only himself to lean on; he learns to take chances, he
-laughs at adversity, he adapts himself to circumstances, and he lives
-in the future.
-
- [Illustration: THE FORUM, WICHITA, KANSAS.]
-
-=Qualities that Make the Kansas Spirit.= These characteristics are
-not, however, peculiar to the Kansas people, for the early settlers of
-other states lived on the frontier and developed these same qualities.
-But Kansas had a Territorial history which was very different from
-that of any other state and which has left its impress upon the
-people. Other pioneers have had the great task of making a state out
-of a wilderness, but Kansas pioneers had a second great task, that of
-making a free state in the face of the most determined opposition.
-They came to Kansas as the Puritans came to America, in the name of
-liberty. They were stern, unyielding, purposeful men and women, sure
-of the presence of divine leadership, and their character has deeply
-influenced the Kansas people. This influence has made them hate
-oppression; it has made them demand justice and fair play; it has made
-them value people for their personal worth; it has made them believe
-in the equality of human rights, and in the ability of the people to
-govern themselves. These are characteristics of every true Kansan and
-the qualities that make the Kansas spirit.
-
-=Manifestations of the Kansas Spirit.= This spirit is evident in many
-phases of the life and progress of our people, but it is nowhere more
-apparent than in their political affairs and in their laws. The spirit
-that made the pioneers refuse to submit to the “Bogus Legislature”
-also impelled them to send more than their share of soldiers to the
-Civil War. Later, the same spirit led the Kansas people to adopt the
-prohibition amendment and to grant to women the full right of
-suffrage. It caused the farmers and other laboring people to form
-organizations for the better protection of their rights. It made the
-State do its part in the World War cheerfully and generously. In
-short, the Kansas spirit has manifested itself whenever the people
-have made an effort to overcome difficulties, whenever they have tried
-to secure more justice or liberty for themselves. These efforts have
-sometimes been so radical, and the plans offered for the betterment of
-conditions so new and startling as to attract much attention in the
-rest of the country. But Kansas has continued to believe in the worth
-and possibilities of her people and to make every effort to bring
-about conditions that will give them the opportunity to rise to the
-full measure of their nature.
-
-=The Task Confronting the Kansas of To-day.= All over the United
-States there is a growing tendency on the part of the people to
-exercise a more direct control of their government; to take more and
-more authority into their own hands. This means that the people must
-be interested, active and well-informed. For us, it means that the
-quality of Kansas government depends upon the quality of Kansas
-citizenship. While the task of the pioneers was a heavy one, ours
-to-day is no less great, though it is different. Their struggle was to
-get the soil under cultivation, ours to see that it does not become
-worn out; theirs to get public utilities, ours to use and regulate
-them; theirs to develop new industries, ours to see that they are
-carried on with justice to all; theirs to establish schools, ours to
-make them more efficient; in general, theirs to build up, ours to use
-wisely.
-
-Kansas history is not made; it is in the making. We study the past
-that we may learn how to make the present better. Great things have
-been accomplished but there is much yet to be done. The pioneers
-solved their problems, and if we are worthy of the Kansas they have
-given us we will strive to solve ours. We will keep alive the Kansas
-spirit.
-
-
- SUMMARY
-
- The Kansas people have developed the same pioneer qualities
- as have the people of other states; but, in addition, their
- peculiar Territorial history has made them believe in a
- marked degree in liberty, justice, equality, and democracy.
- These characteristics have given rise to what is called “the
- Kansas spirit.” This spirit is especially evident in the
- political movements through which the people have taken more
- and more of the control of government into their own hands.
-
-
- REFERENCES
-
- Kansas, Carl Becker.
- Historical Collections. Selected Topics.
- Connelley, History as an Asset of the State.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. In what things is Kansas great? Name other states that are
- greater in any of these things. What quality distinguishes
- Kansas?
-
- 2. How can the lesson in the story of “The Great Stone Face” be
- applied to Kansas?
-
- 3. Why does pioneer life develop courage? Independence?
- Resourcefulness?
-
- 4. What effect has the Territorial history of Kansas had on the
- people?
-
- 5. What is meant by the Kansas spirit? What are some of the ways
- in which it has been shown? Discuss each.
-
- 6. Discuss the responsibilities of the Kansas people of to-day.
-
-
-
-
-THE APPENDIX
-
-TERRITORIAL PERIOD
-
-
-Legislatures
-
-There were six Territorial legislatures. The first two were
-proslavery. Beginning in 1858 the four that followed were free-state.
-
-
-Constitutions
-
-Four constitutions were prepared: the Topeka Constitution in 1855, the
-Lecompton in 1857, the Leavenworth in 1858, and the Wyandotte in 1859.
-The Lecompton was the only one that provided for slavery. The State
-was admitted under the Wyandotte, our present Constitution. It was
-based on the constitution of Ohio and was drafted by men from both
-parties.
-
-
-Capitals
-
-Several different places served as Territorial capitals. When Governor
-Reeder came to Kansas he kept his office at Leavenworth for about two
-months, then removed it to Shawnee Mission, which was used as the
-Territorial capital until the following spring when Governor Reeder
-named Pawnee as the capital. The Legislature remained at Pawnee only
-five days and then adjourned to Shawnee Mission, where the Governor’s
-office was kept another year. In August, 1855, the Territorial
-Legislature selected Lecompton, which continued as the capital during
-the remainder of the Territorial period. However, when the free-state
-people gained control of the Legislature in 1858 they made an effort
-to change the capital to Minneola. Failing in this, they met at
-Lecompton for each session and then at once adjourned to Lawrence. At
-an election in November, 1861, the people selected Topeka as the
-permanent capital of Kansas.
-
-
-The Topeka Movement
-
-The free-state Government under the Topeka Constitution was organized
-in the days of the “Bogus Legislature” for the purpose of uniting the
-free-state people and enabling them to oppose proslavery methods. It
-was continued until the free-state people gained control of the
-Territorial Legislature, when it became no longer necessary and was
-dropped. The principal events were as follows: The convention met in
-October of 1855, completed the Topeka Constitution in November, and
-the free-state people voted favorably on it in December. In January of
-1856 they elected Charles Robinson governor. Their Legislature met in
-March, and in the same month they applied for admission to the Union
-but the bill failed to pass. The Legislature met again in July, but
-was disbanded by United States troops under Sumner. They met in
-January of 1857, but the officers were arrested. Two additional
-meetings were held; one in January and one in March of 1858. Then,
-having served its purpose, the Topeka movement was at an end.
-
-
-INDIAN MISSIONS IN EARLY KANSAS
-
-
-Presbyterian Missions
-
-Two Presbyterian missions were established among the Osages in what is
-now Neosho County in 1824. One was the Boudinot mission. The work was
-in charge of Rev. Benton Pixley.
-
-Rev. S. M. Irwin established a mission among the Iowas, Sacs and Foxes
-in Doniphan County, near the present town of Highland, in 1837.
-Highland College, one of the oldest colleges in the State, still
-remains as a school of this church.
-
-
-Methodist Missions
-
-In 1830 the Shawnee Methodist mission was established a few miles
-southwest of where Kansas City now stands. This mission was in charge
-of Rev. Thomas Johnson. A few years later it had a manual-labor school
-and a farm and was one of the largest and best known of the missions
-in Kansas.
-
-In 1832 a mission was established among the Delawares in Wyandotte
-County, on the site of the town of White Church, by William Johnson
-and Thomas B. Markham. Rev. E. T. Peery was in charge.
-
-A mission for the Kickapoos was founded in 1833. It was just north of
-the site of Leavenworth and was in charge of Rev. J. C. Berryman.
-
-In 1833 a mission was established for the Kanzas at Mission Creek,
-Shawnee County, by Rev. William Johnson, who continued the work for
-seven years. When the Kanzas were moved, the mission was located at
-Council Grove. It existed from 1850 to 1854.
-
-
-Baptist Missions
-
-The Baptist Church established a mission among the Shawnees in 1831.
-It was about two miles northwest of the Shawnee Methodist mission. The
-leader was Isaac McCoy, and he was joined later by Dr. Johnson Lykins
-and Rev. Jotham Meeker. Mr. Meeker was a printer, and in 1834 issued
-the first book printed in Kansas, a primer in the Indian language.
-
-A mission was established among the Ottawas in 1837, on the present
-site of Ottawa, under the charge of Rev. Jotham Meeker. This mission
-survives in Ottawa University.
-
-A mission was opened among the Pottawatomies in 1837, by Rev. Robert
-Simmerwell, near the site of Osawatomie. When this tribe moved to the
-new reservation the mission was relocated at Mission Creek in Shawnee
-County. It was abandoned in 1854.
-
-In 1840 Dr. David Lykins established a mission among the Miamis, about
-ten miles southeast of the present city of Paola.
-
-Dr. Johnson Lykins opened a mission among the Delawares in 1832.
-
-
-Friends Mission
-
-The Society of Friends established a mission among the Shawnees in
-1834, about three miles west of the Methodist mission. Henry Harvey,
-M. Mendenhall, and the Hadleys were teachers in this mission.
-
-
-Catholic Missions
-
-In 1822 Father La Croix visited the Osages, just across the line in
-Missouri, and baptized several Indian children. At different times
-Father Van Quickenborn visited the Osages and preached. In 1847 Rev.
-Schoenmaker established the Osage Mission, now St. Paul, in Neosho
-County.
-
-The Catholic mission was founded in 1836 by Fathers Van Quickenborn
-and Hœken for the Kickapoos, near the Junction of Salt Creek with the
-Missouri, in Leavenworth County.
-
-St. Mary’s mission among the Pottawatomies was established in Miami
-County in 1838, and moved to Linn County in 1839, where it remained
-until the removal of the tribe to Pottawatomie County in 1849. The
-mission was then established at St. Mary’s, where it survives to-day
-in St. Mary’s school for boys.
-
-
-FORTS IN EARLY KANSAS
-
-Many forts were established in early Kansas; a few by the fur
-companies, some by the War Department, some by state troops, a number
-by settlers as a place of refuge from the Indians, and a few by
-free-state and proslavery forces during the Territorial struggle. Some
-of them consisted merely of a wall of earth thrown up, others of a
-strongly built log cabin within a line of earthworks or line of
-palisades. Many of them were more pretentious, and were built of logs,
-adobe, or stone. Some of the forts established by the National
-Government cost many thousands of dollars and most of them had large
-land reserves. As the settlements moved westward the necessity for the
-forts no longer existed, and with the exception of Fort Leavenworth
-and Fort Riley, which are still maintained by the National Government
-as army posts, they fell into disuse. The principal early forts were:
-
-Fort Kanzas, established by the French fur traders in the early part
-of the eighteenth century, was located in what is now Atchison County.
-It is mentioned in the journal of Lewis and Clark as an abandoned
-fort.
-
-Fort Lyon, earlier called Bent’s Fort, was built in 1826 for a
-fur-trading post. It occupied several different sites on the Arkansas
-River, all of them within the present bounds of Colorado, the last one
-being within Territorial Kansas. It was opened to settlement in 1890.
-
-Fort Leavenworth was established in 1827 by Col. Henry Leavenworth of
-the United States army. It has from its beginning been an important
-military post. More than $2,000,000 has been expended on it, and it
-now ranks among the first of the military posts of the United States.
-
-Fort Riley was established in 1852 by the United States. It has been
-enlarged and improved from time to time until it is now an important
-military center. Fort Riley is near the junction of the Republican and
-Smoky Hill rivers, and is very near the geographical center of the
-United States.
-
-Fort Atkinson, one of the early forts erected along the Santa Fe
-Trail, was located on the Arkansas River about six miles above the
-present site of Dodge City. This fort was built in 1850 and abandoned
-in 1854. It was known for a few months as Fort Mackey, when the name
-was changed to Fort Atkinson.
-
-Fort Mann was probably erected about 1845 on or near the site on which
-Fort Atkinson was later built.
-
-Fort Scott was built in 1842 on the site of the present city of Fort
-Scott. In 1853 it ceased to be used as a military post, and in 1855
-the buildings were sold. This fort had no reservation.
-
-Fort Larned was located in 1859 on Pawnee Fork, about eight miles
-above the mouth of that stream. It was for a number of years an
-important post, but was later abandoned as a fort, and in 1882 the
-reservation was opened for sale to settlers.
-
-Fort Saunders was a proslavery stronghold about twelve miles southwest
-of Lawrence in 1856. It was destroyed by a body of free-state settlers
-the same year.
-
-Fort Titus, located about two miles south of Lecompton, was a log
-house used as a proslavery fortification. It was captured and
-destroyed by free-state forces shortly after the destruction of Fort
-Saunders.
-
-Fort Wakarusa was a free-state fortification on the Wakarusa River,
-about five miles from Lawrence.
-
-Fort Bain was a log cabin in the northern part of Bourbon County which
-served as a retreat for John Brown and James Montgomery in 1857 and
-1858.
-
-Fort Baxter, a military post, was established by General Blunt in
-1863. It was the scene of an attack by Quantrill, known as the Baxter
-Springs massacre. After the war the town of Baxter Springs grew up on
-the site.
-
-Fort Dodge was one of the most important forts on the western
-frontier. It was located to the east of The Caches, near Dodge City,
-in 1864. The first buildings were of adobe, but in 1867 good buildings
-were erected. Fort Dodge was not abandoned until 1882. The Soldiers’
-Home at Fort Dodge was later established on a part of this military
-reservation.
-
-Fort Downer was located on Downer’s Creek, about fifty miles west of
-Fort Hays. It was in existence between 1863 and 1868.
-
-Fort Harker was established in 1864, near the present site of
-Ellsworth, with the name Fort Ellsworth. Two years later the name was
-changed to Fort Harker and the site moved about a mile northeast. This
-fort was for a long time the shipping point for freight bound for New
-Mexico. Fort Harker was abandoned in 1872 and the reservation opened
-to settlement in 1880.
-
-Fort Wallace was established near the present town of Wallace in 1865.
-This was an important post during the building of the Union Pacific
-railroad. It was abandoned as a fort in 1882, and in 1888 the land was
-ordered sold.
-
-Fort Zarah was established in 1864, about four miles east of the
-present city of Great Bend. It was dismantled in 1869, and the
-reservation was later sold.
-
-Fort Hays was established by the National Government, in 1865, about
-fourteen miles southeast of the present Hays City, and was for a year
-known as Fort Fletcher. In 1867 a new site, about three-fourths mile
-from Hays City, was selected. The reservation consisted of 7500 acres.
-General Sheridan used Fort Hays for headquarters during the Black
-Kettle raid in 1868. It continued to be used as a military post until
-1889. In 1900 Kansas secured the land and buildings for educational
-purposes. The Fort Hays Kansas Normal School and an experiment station
-for the Agricultural College are now located there.
-
-Fort Henning, Fort Blair, and Fort Insley were three blockhouses
-erected at Fort Scott in 1861 for the purpose of guarding military
-stores from the Confederate forces.
-
-Fort Lincoln was built by Lane in 1861, about twelve miles northwest
-of Fort Scott, for protection from the Confederate forces. It was
-abandoned in 1864.
-
-Fort Aubrey was one of the forts established in 1865 by the soldiers
-sent to quell the Indian uprisings. It was located near the present
-village of Mayline in Hamilton County. It was abandoned the following
-year.
-
-Fort Jewell was erected in 1870 on the site of Jewell City for the
-protection of the settlers against the Cheyennes who were then on the
-warpath. It consisted of a wall of earth around a fifty-yard square.
-After the Indian troubles were over Fort Jewell was abandoned.
-
-
-SOME PROMINENT KANSANS
-
-Hundreds of Kansas men and women have served their State in a way
-worthy of note. To tell the story of the services rendered by all of
-them would require many volumes. In a book like the present one,
-mention can be made of only a few of those most widely known. In
-addition to names mentioned in the body of the text, the following are
-a few of the names of Kansans, no longer living, who had much to do
-with making the history of the State:
-
-PRESTON B. PLUMB came to Kansas to make his home in 1857. He started a
-newspaper, _Kansas News_, at Emporia. In 1861 he was elected to the
-State House of Representatives. The same year he entered the Union
-army and served until the close of the war. He then engaged in the
-practice of law. In 1876 he was elected to the United States Senate,
-which position he filled until his death in 1891, a period of fourteen
-years of continuous service.
-
-WILLIAM A. HARRIS came to Kansas in 1865, at the close of four years
-of service in the Confederate army, and entered the employ of the
-Union Pacific Railroad Company as a civil engineer. Later he became a
-well-known farmer and stock raiser. In 1896 he was elected to the
-State Senate, and in 1897 to the United States Senate. His later years
-were given to various lines of agricultural advancement. He served as
-a regent of the State Agricultural College. His death occurred in
-1909.
-
-SAMUEL A. KINGMAN came to Kansas in 1857. He was a lawyer. He served
-as a member of the Wyandotte Constitutional Convention. He was
-associate justice of the Supreme Court of Kansas, 1861 to 1865, and
-chief justice, 1867 to 1876, when he resigned because of ill health.
-He died in 1904.
-
-DAVID J. BREWER came to Leavenworth in 1859, where he engaged in the
-practice of law. He served continuously in various offices. He was
-associate justice of the State Supreme Court from 1871 to 1884, a
-judge of the United States Circuit Court from 1884 to 1889, and in
-1889 he was commissioned Associate Justice of the United States
-Supreme Court, which position he filled until his death in 1910.
-
-JOHN A. ANDERSON came to Junction City in 1858 as pastor of the
-Presbyterian church. In 1873 he was made president of the State
-Agricultural College. He reorganized that institution and remained at
-its head until 1878, when he was elected to Congress where he served
-until 1891. He was appointed consul-general to Cairo, Egypt, in 1891.
-He died on his way back home in the following year.
-
-FRANCIS HUNTINGTON SNOW was elected to the first faculty of the
-University of Kansas as professor of mathematics and natural sciences,
-in 1866. In 1870 he became professor of natural history in the
-University. He organized the collecting expeditions which have
-resulted in the extensive natural history museums of the University.
-He was made Chancellor of the University in 1890, from which position
-he retired in 1901. He died in 1908.
-
-EDMUND G. ROSS came to Kansas in 1856. He was a member of the
-Wyandotte Constitutional Convention and served in the Union army. In
-1866 he was appointed to fill the vacancy in the United States Senate
-caused by the death of James H. Lane. He cast the deciding vote in the
-Senate against the impeachment of President Johnson, which act aroused
-great indignation. He engaged in newspaper work until 1882, when he
-went to New Mexico where he served as Territorial Governor from 1885
-to 1889. He died in 1907.
-
-MRS. C. I. H. NICHOLS, a writer and lecturer, came with her family to
-Kansas in 1854. She lived first at Lawrence and then at Wyandotte. She
-was a strong advocate of a more just understanding of the rights of
-women. She attended the meetings of the Wyandotte Constitutional
-Convention, and counseled with the members on all matters relating to
-women, with the result that the Kansas Constitution was one of the
-most liberal in the United States at that time. Her death occurred in
-1885.
-
-MRS. MARY A. BICKERDYKE, generally known as “Mother Bickerdyke,”
-served as a nurse during the Civil War. At its close she came to
-Kansas and was instrumental in assisting soldiers who were left
-without employment to come to Kansas and take homesteads. Through her
-efforts aid was given settlers after Indian raids, and she assisted in
-securing aid for Kansas settlers after the grasshopper invasion. The
-Mother Bickerdyke Home for soldiers’ widows, at Ellsworth, was named
-in her honor. After a life of great activity she died in 1901.
-
-ALFRED GRAY came to Kansas in 1857. With the exception of his period
-of service in the Union army he was engaged in farming until 1873.
-From 1866 until 1870 he was a director of the State Agricultural
-Society. When the State Board of Agriculture was organized, in 1872,
-he became its first secretary, and filled the position until his death
-in 1880.
-
-FREDERICK WELLHOUSE came to Leavenworth County, Kansas, in 1859. He
-was engaged in the growing and sale of fruit trees until 1876, when he
-began planting commercial apple orchards. During the next eighteen
-years he planted 1637 acres of apple trees. Many years were given to
-experiments to determine the varieties best adapted to Kansas. He
-became known throughout the country, and was called “The Apple King.”
-For ten years he was president of the State Horticultural Society, and
-was at different times engaged in many public activities. He died in
-1911.
-
-FRANKLIN G. ADAMS settled on a farm in Leavenworth County in 1856. He
-held various positions of public service, and on the organization of
-the State Historical Society in 1875 he was made its secretary, which
-position he held until his death in 1899. He organized and developed
-the work of the Society, in which work he was materially assisted by
-his daughter, Miss Zu Adams, who continued her work from 1880 until
-her death in 1911.
-
-MRS. SARA T. D. ROBINSON came to the Territory in 1854 with her
-husband, Dr. Charles Robinson, and took an active part in early Kansas
-affairs. She wrote Kansas――Its Interior and Exterior Life, the most
-notable book produced by a Kansan of that time. It had a wide
-circulation and a great influence. Mrs. Robinson died at her home near
-Lawrence in 1911.
-
-NOBLE L. PRENTIS came to Kansas in 1869 as editor of the _Topeka
-Record_. From that time until his death in 1900 he was connected with
-various Kansas newspapers: the _Topeka Commonwealth_, the _Lawrence
-Journal_, the _Junction City Union_, the _Atchison Champion_, and the
-_Kansas City Star_. He wrote five books: A Kansan Abroad, Southern
-Letters, Southwestern Letters, Kansas Miscellanies, and History of
-Kansas.
-
-DANIEL W. WILDER, who first came to Kansas in 1857, was at different
-times the editor of a number of newspapers. He was one of the founders
-of the State Historical Society, served one term as state auditor and
-two terms as superintendent of insurance. It was as a newspaper man
-that Mr. Wilder’s influence was especially felt. He was the author of
-the Annals of Kansas, Life of Shakespeare, and was one of the
-compilers of all editions of Bartlett’s Familiar Quotations.
-
-EUGENE F. WARE came to Kansas in 1867. He practiced law, and was for
-many years the editor of the _Fort Scott Monitor_. He served in the
-state legislature, and from 1902 to 1905 was United States Pension
-Commissioner. He died in 1911. It is as a writer that Mr. Ware is best
-known. His Rhymes of Ironquill is his most widely read work.
-
-
-KANSAS WRITERS
-
-The Kansas struggle was the source of a great deal of writing. Eastern
-newspapers were full of the Kansas question. During the Territorial
-period many of the eastern papers kept correspondents in the
-Territory, and these men wrote much of the conflict here and of
-pioneer life and conditions. The Kansas people themselves were too
-busy to give much attention to literature and produced but few
-writings of permanent value. Kansas――Its Interior and Exterior Life,
-by Mrs. Sara T. D. Robinson, was written during this period. Other
-early writers were: William A. Phillips, Richard Realf, James Redpath,
-Albert D. Richardson, W. P. Tomlinson, and Henry Harvey.
-
-During the Civil War practically all of the writing produced in Kansas
-was concerned with the struggle that the people were going through.
-The period from the close of the Civil War until the “grasshopper
-year” of 1874 was one of remarkable growth and expansion and the
-people were full of confidence and enthusiasm. It was in this period
-that _The Kansas Magazine_ was published. Though it lasted less than
-two years, it was a magazine of real literature. Among the
-contributors were: Henry King, James W. Steele, John J. Ingalls, D. W.
-Wilder, R. J. Hinton, Charles Robinson, and Noble L. Prentis.
-
-The depression caused by the grasshopper raid affected Kansas in
-literature as well as in other activities. For several years but few
-books were published. Two of the books produced during this period
-were, however, very valuable ones: Andreas’ History of Kansas, a
-compilation by many writers, and Wilder’s Annals of Kansas. George R.
-Peck and John J. Ingalls came into prominence about this time as
-orators. Many of their speeches have become a part of our literature.
-Joseph G. McCoy and Joel Moody were writers of this period.
-
-A number of good books were published in the ’80’s, among them: The
-Story of a Country Town, E. W. Howe; A Kansan Abroad, Noble L.
-Prentis; Rhymes of Ironquill, Eugene F. Ware; History of Kansas, L. W.
-Spring; Anabel and Other Poems, Ellen P. Allerton. Other writers of
-this time were: F. W. Giles, Charles Gleed, and Hattie Horner.
-
-The period following the collapse of the boom, 1888 to 1892, produced
-many books. Some of the most prominent were: Kansas Miscellanies,
-Prentis; The Farmers’ Side, William A. Peffer; Letters, Charles F.
-Scott; In the Van of Empire, Henry Inman; Richard Bruce, Charles M.
-Sheldon; Old Wine in New Bottles, Brinton W. Woodward. During this
-period _The Agora_, a Kansas magazine, was published. All the best
-Kansas writers of the period were among its contributors, but it lived
-only a short time. Among other writers were: Nathaniel S. Goss, Mrs.
-Mary W. Hudson, Gov. Charles Robinson, Albert Bigelow Paine, and John
-Speer.
-
-The last twenty years have brought peace and prosperity to Kansas and
-the people have been able to give more time and thought to literature.
-Many writings have been produced――poetry, essays, speeches, newspaper
-and magazine articles, and many books. The following are among the
-writers who have come into prominence in the last two decades:
-
-Henry Inman, author of: The Old Santa Fe Trail, The Great Salt Lake
-Trail, The Ranch on the Oxhide, and The Delahoyd Boys.
-
-Charles M. Sheldon, author of: Richard Bruce, Robert Hardy’s Seven
-Days, The Crucifixion of Philip Strong, His Brother’s Keeper, In His
-Steps, Malcolm Kirk, Lend a Hand, The Redemption of Freetown, The
-Miracle at Markham, One of the Two, For Christ and the Church, Born to
-Serve, Who Killed Joe’s Baby, The Reformer, The Narrow Gate, The Heart
-of the World, Paul Douglas, The Good Fight, The High Calling, The
-Twentieth Door.
-
-William Allen White, author of: The Real Issue, Stratagems and Spoils,
-Court of Boyville, God’s Puppets, In Our Town, A Certain Rich Man, The
-Martial Adventures of Henry and Me, In the Heart of a Fool, Rhymes by
-Two Friends (poems by Mr. White and Albert Bigelow Paine).
-
-Eugene Ware, author of: The Rise and Fall of the Saloon, The Lyon
-Campaign and History of the First Iowa Infantry, The Indian Campaign
-of 1864, Rhymes of Ironquill, Ithuriel, From Court to Court, Several
-translations from Spanish, French and Latin, contributions to many
-publications.
-
-William Y. Morgan, author of: A Jayhawker in Europe, The Journey of a
-Jayhawker, The Near East, and numerous newspaper articles.
-
-Margaret Hill McCarter, author of: The Cottonwood’s Story, Cuddy’s
-Baby, In Old Quivira, A Master’s Degree, The Peace of the Solomon
-Valley, Price of the Prairie, The Reclaimers, A Wall of Men, Winning
-the Wilderness, Vanguard of the Plains, and a series of classics.
-
-Walt Mason, author of: Horse Sense, Rippling Rhymes, Terse Verse, Walt
-Mason: His Book, and Business Prose Poems.
-
-William Elsey Connelley, author of: John Brown, James H. Lane, Wyandot
-Folk-Lore, An Appeal to the Record, Kansas Territorial Governors,
-Memoirs of John James Ingalls, Ingalls of Kansas, Quantrill and the
-Border Wars, Life of Preston B. Plumb, and Kansas and Kansans.
-
-Samuel J. Crawford, author of Kansas in the Sixties.
-
-William Herbert Carruth, author of Each in His Own Tongue and Other
-Poems.
-
-Among other present-day Kansas writers are: E. W. Howe, F. W.
-Blackmar, Mrs. Louisa Cooke, Don Carlos, Effie Graham, W. A. McKeever,
-Mrs. Dell H. Munger, Mrs. Kate A. Aplington, Esther M. Clark, F.
-Dumont Smith, Charles M. Harger, Willard Wattles, and Dr. C. H.
-Lerrigo.
-
-
-TERRITORIAL OFFICERS OF KANSAS
-
-The Governors were appointed for terms of four years, but none of them
-served a full term. Ten different men filled the office during the
-Territorial period of six years and eight months. There were six
-Governors and five Acting Governors, James W. Denver serving in both
-capacities. During the absence of a Governor or when there was a
-vacancy in the office the duties of the Governor fell upon the
-Secretary of the Territory and he was called the Acting Governor.
-
- Governors Acting Governors Terms Served
-
- Andrew H. Reeder July 7, 1854, to August 16,
- 1855.
- Daniel Woodson August 16, 1855, to
- September 7, 1855.
- Wilson Shannon September 7, 1855, to
- August 18, 1856.
- Daniel Woodson August 18, 1856, to September
- 9, 1856.
- John W. Geary September 9, 1856, to March
- 12, 1857.
- Daniel Woodson March 12, 1857, to April 16,
- 1857.
- Frederick P. Stanton April 16, 1857, to May 27,
- 1857.
- Robert J. Walker May 27, 1857, to November
- 16, 1857.
- Frederick P. Stanton November 16, 1857, to
- December 21, 1857.
- James W. Denver December 21, 1857, to May
- 12, 1858.
- James W. Denver May 12, 1858, to October 10,
- 1858.
- Hugh S. Walsh October 10, 1858, to
- December 18, 1858.
- Samuel Medary December 18, 1858, to
- December 17, 1860.
- Hugh S. Walsh August 1, 1859, to September
- 15, 1859.
- Hugh S. Walsh April 15, 1860, to June 16,
- 1860.
- George M. Beebe September 11, 1860, to
- November 25, 1860.
-
-
- Auditors
-
- John Donaldson 1855-1857
- Hiram Jackson Strickler 1857-1861
-
-
- Treasurers
-
- Thomas J. B. Cramer 1855-1859
- Robert B. Mitchell 1859-1861
-
-
- Attorneys-General
-
- Andrew Jackson Isacks 1854-1857
- William Weer 1857-1858
- Alson C. Davis 1858-1861
-
-
- Superintendents of Schools
-
- James H. Noteware 1858
- Samuel Wiley Greer 1858-1861
- John C. Douglass 1861
-
-
- Territorial Chief Justices
-
- Samuel Dexter Lecompte 1854-1859
- John Pettit 1859-1861
-
-
- Associate Justices
-
- Saunders W. Johnston 1854-1855
- J. M. Burrell 1855-1856
- Thomas Cunningham 1856-1857
- Joseph Williams 1857-1861
- Rush Elmore 1854-1855
- Sterling G. Cato 1855-1858
- Rush Elmore 1858-1861
-
-
- STATE OFFICERS OF KANSAS
-
-
- Governors
-
- Charles Robinson 1861-1863
- Thomas Carney 1863-1865
- Samuel J. Crawford 1865-1868
- Resigned November 4, 1868
- Nehemiah Green, Acting Governor 1868-1869
- James M. Harvey 1869-1873
- Thomas A. Osborn 1873-1877
- George T. Anthony 1877-1879
- John P. St. John 1879-1883
- George W. Glick 1883-1885
- John A. Martin 1885-1889
- Lyman U. Humphrey 1889-1893
- Lorenzo D. Lewelling 1893-1895
- Edmund N. Morrill 1895-1897
- John W. Leedy 1897-1899
- William E. Stanley 1899-1903
- Willis Joshua Bailey 1903-1905
- Edward W. Hoch 1905-1909
- Walter Roscoe Stubbs 1909-1913
- George H. Hodges 1913-1915
- Arthur Capper 1915-1919
- Henry J. Allen 1919 ――――
-
-
- Lieutenant-Governors
-
- Joseph P. Root 1861-1863
- Thomas A. Osborn 1863-1865
- James McGrew 1865-1867
- Nehemiah Green 1867-1868
- Charles V. Eskridge 1869-1871
- Peter P. Elder 1871-1873
- Elias S. Stover 1873-1875
- Melville J. Salter 1875-1877
- Resigned July 19, 1877.
- Lyman U. Humphrey, elected November 6 1877
- Lyman U. Humphrey 1879-1881
- D. W. Finney 1881-1885
- Alex. P. Riddle 1885-1889
- Andrew J. Felt 1889-1893
- Percy Daniels 1893-1895
- James A. Troutman 1895-1897
- A. M. Harvey 1897-1899
- H. E. Richter 1899-1903
- David J. Hanna 1903-1907
- W. J. Fitzgerald 1907-1911
- Richard J. Hopkins 1911-1913
- Sheffield Ingalls 1913-1915
- William Yost Morgan 1915-1919
- Chas. E. Huffman 1919 ――――
-
-
-Secretaries of State
-
- John Winter Robinson 1861-1862
- Removed July 28, 1862.
- Sanders Rufus Shepherd, appointed 1862-1863
- William Wirt Henry Lawrence 1863-1865
- Rinaldo Allen Barker 1865-1869
- Thomas Moonlight 1869-1871
- William Hillary Smallwood 1871-1875
- Thomas H. Cavanaugh 1875-1879
- James Smith 1879-1885
- Edwin Bird Allen 1885-1889
- William Higgins 1889-1893
- Russel Scott Osborn 1893-1895
- William Congdon Edwards 1895-1897
- William Eben Bush 1897-1899
- George Alfred Clark 1899-1903
- Joel Randall Burrow 1903-1907
- C. E. Denton 1907-1911
- Charles H. Sessions 1911-1915
- John Thomas Botkin 1915-1919
- L. J. Pettijohn 1919 ――――
-
-
- Auditors
-
- George Shaler Hillyer 1861-1862
- Removed July 28, 1862.
- David Long Lakin, appointed 1862-1863
- Asa Hairgrove 1863-1865
- John R. Swallow 1865-1869
- Alois Thoman 1869-1873
- Daniel Webster Wilder 1873-1876
- Resigned September 20, 1876.
- Parkinson Isaiah Bonebrake, appointed 1876
- Parkinson Isaiah Bonebrake 1877-1883
- Edward P. McCabe 1883-1887
- Timothy McCarthy 1887-1891
- Charles Merrill Hovey 1891-1893
- Van B. Prather 1893-1895
- George Ezekiel Cole 1895-1897
- William H. Morris 1897-1899
- George Ezekiel Cole 1899-1903
- Seth Grant Wells 1903-1907
- J. M. Nation 1907-1911
- W. E. Davis 1911-1917
- F. W. Knapp 1917 ――――
-
-
- Treasurers
-
- William Tholen, elected in 1859.
- Entered the army and did not qualify.
- Hartwin R. Dutton, appointed March 26 1861
- Hartwin R. Dutton, elected 1861-1863
- William Spriggs 1863-1867
- Martin Anderson 1867-1869
- George Graham 1869-1871
- Josiah Emery Hayes 1871-1874
- Resigned April 30, 1874
- John Francis, appointed 1874-1875
- Samuel Lappin 1875
- Resigned December 20, 1875.
- John Francis, appointed 1875
- John Francis 1877-1883
- Samuel T. Howe 1883-1887
- James William Hamilton 1887-1890
- Resigned March 1, 1890.
- William Sims, appointed 1890-1891
- Solomon G. Stover 1891-1893
- William Henry Biddle 1893-1895
- Otis L. Atherton 1895-1897
- David H. Heflebower 1897-1899
- Frank E. Grimes 1899-1903
- Thomas T. Kelly 1903-1907
- Mark Tully 1907-1913
- Earl Akers 1913-1917
- Walter L. Payne 1917 ――――
-
-
- Attorneys-General
-
- Benjamin Franklin Simpson 1861
- Resigned July, 1861.
- Charles Chadwick, appointed 1861
- Samuel A. Stinson 1861-1863
- Warren W. Guthrie 1863-1865
- Jerome D. Brumbaugh 1865-1867
- George Henry Hoyt 1867-1869
- Addison Danford 1869-1871
- Archibald L. Williams 1871-1875
- Asa M. F. Randolph 1875-1877
- Willard Davis 1877-1881
- William A. Johnston 1881-1884
- Resigned December 1, 1884.
- George P. Smith, appointed 1884-1885
- Simeon Briggs Bradford 1885-1889
- Lyman Beecher Kellogg 1889-1891
- John Nutt Ives 1891-1893
- John Thomas Little 1893-1895
- Fernando B. Dawes 1895-1897
- Louis C. Boyle 1897-1899
- Aretas A. Godard 1899-1903
- Charles Crittenden Coleman 1903-1907
- F. S. Jackson 1907-1911
- John S. Dawson 1911-1915
- Sardies Mason Brewster 1915-1919
- Richard J. Hopkins 1919 ――――
-
-
- Superintendents of Public Instruction
-
- William Riley Griffith 1861-1862
- Died February 12, 1862.
- Simeon Montgomery Thorp, appointed 1862-1863
- Isaac T. Goodnow 1863-1867
- Peter McVicar 1867-1871
- Hugh De France McCarty 1871-1875
- John Fraser 1875-1877
- Allen Borsley Lemmon 1877-1881
- Henry Clay Speer 1881-1885
- Joseph Hadden Lawhead 1885-1889
- George Wesley Winans 1889-1893
- Henry Newton Gaines 1893-1895
- Edmund Stanley 1895-1897
- William Stryker 1897-1899
- Frank Nelson 1899-1903
- Insley L. Dayhoff 1903-1907
- E. T. Fairchild 1907-1912
- Resigned November 19, 1912.
- W. D. Ross, appointed 1912
- W. D. Ross 1913-1919
- Lorraine E. Wooster 1919 ――――
-
-
-
- Chief Justices
-
- Thomas Ewing, Jr. 1861-1862
- Resigned November 28, 1862.
- Nelson Cobb, appointed 1862-1864
- Robert Crozier 1864-1867
- Samuel Austin Kingman 1867-1876
- Resigned December 30, 1876.
- Albert Howell Horton, appointed 1876
- Albert Howell Horton 1877-1895
- Resigned April 30, 1895.
- David Martin, appointed 1895
- David Martin 1895-1897
- Frank Doster 1897-1903
- William Agnew Johnston 1903 ――――
-
-
- State Printers
-
- S. S. Prouty 1869-1873
- George W. Martin 1873-1881
- T. Dwight Thatcher 1881-1887
- Clifford C. Baker 1887-1891
- E. H. Snow 1891-1895
- J. K. Hudson 1895-1897
- J. S. Parks 1897-1899
- W. Y. Morgan 1899-1903
- George A. Clark 1903-1905
- T. A. McNeal 1905-1911
- W. C. Austin 1911-1915
- William R. Smith 1915-1919
- Resigned February 1, 1919.
- Imri Zumwalt, appointed 1919 ――――
-
-
- Superintendents of Insurance
-
- Webb McNall 1897-1901
- W. V. Church 1901-1903
- Charles H. Luling 1903-1907
- Charles W. Barnes 1907-1911
- Ike S. Lewis 1911-1915
- Carey J. Wilson 1915-1919
- Frank L. Travis 1919 ――――
-
-
- United States Senators
-
-
- LANE SUCCESSION
-
- James H. Lane 1861-1866
- Died July 11, 1866.
- Edmund G. Ross, appointed 1866
- Edmund G. Ross 1867-1871
- Alexander Caldwell 1871-1873
- Resigned March 24, 1873.
- Robert Crozier, appointed 1873-1874
- James M. Harvey, elected 1874-1877
- Preston B. Plumb 1877-1891
- Died December 20, 1891.
- Bishop W. Perkins, appointed 1892-1893
- John Martin, elected January 25 1893-1895
- Lucien Baker 1895-1901
- Joseph Ralph Burton 1901-1906
- Resigned, 1906.
- A. W. Benson, appointed 1906-1907
- Charles Curtis 1907-1913
- William H. Thompson 1913-1919
- Arthur Capper 1919 ――――
-
-
- POMEROY SUCCESSION
-
- Samuel C. Pomeroy 1861-1873
- John James Ingalls 1873-1891
- William Alfred Peffer 1891-1897
- William A. Harris 1897-1903
- Chester I. Long 1903-1909
- J. L. Bristow 1909-1915
- Charles Curtis 1915 ――――
-
-
- Congressmen
-
- Martin F. Conway 1861-1863
- Abel Carter Wilder 1863-1865
- Sidney Clarke 1865-1871
- David P. Lowe 1871-1875
- Stephen Alonzo Cobb 1873-1875
- William Addison Phillips 1873-1879
- William R. Brown 1875-1877
- John R. Goodin 1875-1877
- Dudley C. Haskell 1877-1883
- Thomas Ryan 1877-1889
- John Alexander Anderson 1879-1891
- Edmund N. Morrill 1883-1891
- Samuel Ritter Peters 1883-1891
- Lewis Hanback 1883-1887
- Bishop W. Perkins 1883-1891
- Edward Hogue Funston 1883-1893
- Erastus J. Turner 1887-1891
- Harrison Kelley 1889-1891
- Case Broderick 1891-1899
- B. H. Clover 1891-1893
- John Davis 1891-1895
- Jerry Simpson { 1891-1895
- { 1897-1899
- John Grant Otis 1891-1893
- William Baker 1891-1897
- William Alexander Harris 1893-1895
- Horace L. Moore 1893-1895
- Charles Curtis 1893-1907
- Thomas J. Hudson 1893-1895
- Richard W. Blue 1895-1897
- Orrin L. Miller 1895-1897
- Snyder S. Kirkpatrick 1895-1897
- Chester I. Long { 1895-1897
- { 1899-1903
- William A. Calderhead { 1895-1897
- { 1899-1911
- Jeremiah Dunham Botkin 1897-1899
- Mason Summers Peters 1897-1899
- N. B. McCormick 1897-1899
- Edwin Reed Ridgely 1897-1901
- William D. Vincent 1897-1899
- Willis Joshua Bailey 1899-1901
- Justin DeWitt Bowersock 1899-1907
- James Monroe Miller 1899-1911
- William Augustus Reeder 1899-1911
- Charles Frederick Scott 1901-1911
- Alfred Metcalf Jackson 1901-1903
- Philip Pitt Campbell 1903 ――――
- Victor Murdock 1903-1915
- D. R. Anthony 1907 ――――
- E. H. Madison[22] 1907-1911
- A. C. Mitchell[23] 1911-1911
- Fred S. Jackson 1911-1913
- R. R. Rees 1911-1913
- I. D. Young 1911-1913
- Joseph Taggart 1911-1915
- Dudley Doolittle 1913-1919
- Guy T. Helvering 1913-1919
- John R. Connelly 1913-1919
- George A. Neeley 1912-1915
- Jouett Shouse 1915-1919
- William A. Ayers 1915 ――――
- Edward Little 1915 ――――
- Hayes B. White 1919 ――――
- Homer Hoch 1919 ――――
- James Strong 1919 ――――
- James N. Tincher 1919 ――――
-
-
-
-
- INSTITUTIONS IN KANSAS
-
-
- State Schools
-
- University of Kansas Lawrence.
- State Agricultural College Manhattan.
- State Normal School Emporia.
- Fort Hays Kansas Normal School Hays.
- State Manual Training Normal School Pittsburg.
- Kansas School for the Blind Kansas City.
- Kansas School for the Deaf Olathe.
-
-
- Denominational Schools
-
- Baker University, Methodist Episcopal Baldwin.
- Bethany College, Swedish Lutheran Lindsborg.
- Bethany College, Episcopalian Topeka.
- Bethel College, Mennonite Newton.
- Campbell University Holton.
- College of Emporia, Presbyterian Emporia.
- College Preparatory School (Private) Atchison.
- Cooper College, United Presbyterian Sterling.
- Enterprise Normal Academy, German M. E. Enterprise.
- Fairmount College, Congregational Wichita.
- Fowler Friends Academy, Friends Fowler.
- Friends University, Friends Wichita.
- Highland University, Presbyterian Highland.
- Haviland Academy, Friends Haviland.
- Kansas City University, United Brethren Kansas City.
- Kansas Wesleyan University, Methodist Episcopal Salina.
- McPherson College, Church of the Brethren McPherson.
- Midland College, Lutheran Atchison.
- Mt. St. Scholastica’s Academy, Catholic Atchison.
- Nazareth Academy, Catholic Concordia.
- Northbranch Academy, Friends Northbranch.
- Ottawa University, Baptist Ottawa.
- Southwestern College, Methodist Episcopal Winfield.
- St. Benedict’s College, Catholic Atchison.
- St. John’s Lutheran College, Lutheran Winfield.
- St. Martin’s School, Episcopalian Salina.
- St. Mary’s Academy, Catholic Leavenworth.
- St. Mary’s Academy, Catholic Great Bend.
- St. Mary’s College, Catholic St. Marys.
- Walden College, Evangelical McPherson.
- Washburn College, Congregational Topeka.
-
-
- State Penal or Corrective Institutions
-
- State Industrial Reformatory Hutchinson.
- State Industrial School for Girls Beloit.
- State Industrial School for Boys Topeka.
- State Penitentiary Lansing.
-
-
- State Benevolent Institutions
-
- State Training School Winfield.
- State Hospital for the Insane Topeka.
- State Hospital for the Insane Osawatomie.
- State Hospital for the Insane Larned.
- State Hospital for Epileptics Parsons.
- State Hospital for Tuberculosis Norton.
-
-
- Special Institutions
-
- State Soldiers’ Home Fort Dodge.
- Mother Bickerdyke Home Ellsworth.
- Soldiers’ Orphans’ Home Atchison.
-
-
- State Colored Schools
-
- Topeka Industrial and Educational Institute Topeka.
- Western University Quindaro.
-
-
- Federal Institutions
-
- Haskell Institute, Indian Lawrence.
- Pottawatomie Boarding School for Indians Nadeau.
- Federal Prison Leavenworth.
- National Soldiers’ Home Leavenworth.
- United States Disciplinary Barracks Fort Leavenworth.
- (Military Prison.)
-
-
-
-
-BALANCE OF POWER IN THE UNITED STATES SENATE BETWEEN THE FREE AND THE
-SLAVE STATES
-
-
- FREE. SLAVE.
- Pennsylvania. Delaware. The original thirteen states.
- New Jersey. Georgia.
- Connecticut. Maryland.
- Massachusetts. South Carolina.
- New Hampshire. Virginia.
- New York. North Carolina.
- Rhode Island.
- ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
- 7 6
-
- Vermont, 1791. Kentucky, 1792.
- Ohio, 1802. Tennessee, 1796.
- Indiana, 1816. Louisiana, 1812.
- Illinois, 1818. Mississippi, 1817
- Alabama, 1819.
- ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
- 11 11 The Missouri Compromise,
- 1820.
- Maine, 1820. Missouri, 1821.
- Arkansas, 1836.
- ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
- 12 13 First slave state majority.
-
- Michigan, 1837. Florida, 1845.
- Iowa, 1846. Texas, 1845. Last slave state.
- Wisconsin, 1848.
- ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
- 15 15
-
- California, 1850. Compromise of 1850.
- ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
- 16 15 Kansas-Nebraska Bill, 1854.
- The last chance for the
- Minnesota, 1858. South to win.
- Oregon, 1859.
- Kansas, 1861.
- ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
- 19 15 Secession and the Civil War.
-
-
-
-
- ORGANIZATION OF THE COUNTIES OF KANSAS
-
-
- Counties Organized Before 1860
-
- _County._ _Date of Organization._ _County Seat._
- Allen 1855 Iola.
- Anderson 1855 Garnett.
- Atchison 1855 Atchison.
- Bourbon 1855 Fort Scott.
- Brown 1855 Hiawatha.
- Butler 1855 El Dorado.
- Chase 1859 Cottonwood Falls.
- Coffey 1859 Burlington.
- Dickinson 1857 Abilene.
- Doniphan 1855 Troy.
- Douglas 1855 Lawrence.
- Franklin 1855 Ottawa.
- Geary[24] 1855 Junction City.
- Jackson[25] 1857 Holton.
- Jefferson 1855 Oskaloosa.
- Johnson 1855 Olathe.
- Leavenworth 1855 Leavenworth.
- Linn 1855 Mound City.
- Marshall 1855 Marysville.
- Miami[26] 1855 Paola.
- Morris[27] 1855 Council Grove.
- Nemaha 1855 Seneca.
- Osage[28] 1855 Lyndon.
- Pottawatomie 1856 Westmoreland.
- Riley 1855 Manhattan.
- Saline 1859 Salina.
- Shawnee 1855 Topeka.
- Wabaunsee[29] 1859 Alma.
- Woodson 1855 Yates Center.
- Wyandotte 1855 Kansas City.
-
-
- Counties Organized 1860-1870
-
- _County._ _Date of Organization._ _County Seat._
- Cherokee 1866 Columbus.
- Clay 1866 Clay Center.
- Cloud[30] 1860 Concordia.
- Crawford 1867 Girard.
- Ellis 1867 Hays.
- Ellsworth 1867 Ellsworth.
- Greenwood 1862 Eureka.
- Labette[31] 1867 Oswego.
- Lyon[32] 1860 Emporia.
- Marion 1860 Marion.
- Montgomery 1869 Independence.
- Neosho[33] 1864 Erie.
- Ottawa 1866 Minneapolis.
- Republic 1868 Belleville.
- Washington 1860 Washington.
- Wilson 1865 Fredonia.
-
-
- Counties Organized 1870-1880
-
- _County._ _Date of Organization._ _County Seat._
- Barber 1873 Medicine Lodge.
- Barton 1872 Great Bend.
- Chautauqua 1875 Sedan.
- Cowley[34] 1870 Winfield.
- Decatur 1879 Oberlin.
- Edwards 1874 Kinsley.
- Elk[35] 1875 Howard.
- Ford 1873 Dodge City.
- Harper[36] 1878 Anthony.
- Harvey 1872 Newton.
- Hodgeman 1879 Jetmore.
- Jewell 1870 Mankato.
- Kingman 1874 Kingman.
- Lincoln 1870 Lincoln.
- McPherson 1870 McPherson.
- Mitchell 1870 Beloit.
- Norton 1872 Norton.
- Osborne 1871 Osborne.
- Pawnee 1872 Larned.
- Phillips 1872 Phillipsburg.
- Pratt[36] 1879 Pratt.
- Reno 1872 Hutchinson.
- Rice 1871 Lyons.
- Rooks 1872 Stockton.
- Rush 1874 La Crosse.
- Russell 1872 Russell.
- Sedgwick 1870 Wichita.
- Smith 1872 Smith Center.
- Stafford 1879 St. John.
- Sumner 1871 Wellington.
- Trego 1879 WaKeeney.
-
-
- Counties Organized 1880-1890
-
- _County._ _Date of Organization._ _County Seat._
- Cheyenne 1886 St. Francis.
- Clark 1885 Ashland.
- Comanche[37] 1885 Coldwater.
- Finney[38] 1884 Garden City.
- Gove 1886 Gove.
- Graham 1880 Hill City.
- Gran 1888 Ulysses.
- Gray 1887 Cimarron.
- Greeley 1887 Tribune.
- Hamilton 1886 Syracuse.
- Haskell 1887 Santa Fe.
- Kearny 1888 Lakin.
- Kiowa 1886 Greensburg.
- Lane 1886 Dighton.
- Logan 1887 Russell Springs.
- Meade 1885 Meade.
- Morton 1886 Richfield.
- Ness[37] 1880 Ness City.
- Rawlins 1881 Atwood.
- Scott 1886 Scott.
- Seward 1886 Liberal.
- Sheridan 1880 Hoxie.
- Sherman 1886 Goodland.
- Stanton 1887 Johnson.
- Stevens 1886 Hugoton.
- Thomas 1885 Colby.
- Wichita 1886 Leoti.
- Wallace 1888 Sharon Springs.
-
-
-
-
- [1] Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology.
-
- [2] In 1819 the United States gave to Spain that part of
- Kansas lying south of the Arkansas River and west of the
- 100th meridian. This territory again became a part of the
- United States by the annexation of Texas in 1845.
-
- [3] Coues, Expedition of Zebulon Montgomery Pike.
-
- [4] A cache was made by digging a jug-shaped hole in the
- ground and lining it with dry grass, or sticks, or anything
- to keep out moisture. Then the goods were packed in and the
- opening closed very carefully by replacing the sod and
- carrying away the earth that was removed, so that no sign
- was left by which the cache might be discovered. Sometimes a
- camp fire was built over it to destroy all traces of the
- cache.
-
- [5] Another phenomenon that makes the traveler in a dry or
- desert country afraid to trust his eyes is the mirage. He
- often sees what seem to be lakes, trees, buildings, cities,
- only to find on nearer approach that they all disappear. As
- Kansas has come under cultivation the mirage has become less
- frequent, but it is still seen in the western part of the
- State. Here is a description of one seen in early Kansas:
-
- “On approaching the town of Lerny, about a mile and a
- quarter this side, we found the whole intermediate space
- between us and the grove of trees beyond the town apparently
- occupied by a beautiful lake. On the apparent shore next to
- ourselves the road ran down and disappeared in the lake, as
- did the fence upon one side of the road, while the placid
- and beautiful water extended upon the right and left, until
- lost in the distance. The trees in the distance appeared to
- be immersed for half their length in the lake, as if growing
- in the water. Even the reflection of the trees, and of the
- clouds above, was distinctly visible. We approached the
- vision and it vanished.”
-
- [6] Because of the increasing migration westward, the
- National Government decided to send out expeditions for the
- purpose of discovering the best routes across the mountains
- to the Pacific. John C. Fremont was selected for this task,
- and between 1842 and 1850 he made four journeys across the
- plains. Among the scouts who acted as guides was the famous
- hunter and trapper, and Indian fighter, Kit Carson.
-
- [7] The fact that Kansas was once an Indian country is shown
- by the many Indian names of counties, towns, and streams;
- as, Topeka, Pottawatomie, Hiawatha, Wyandotte, Shawnee,
- Cheyenne, Cherokee, and Kiowa.
-
- [8] Among the schools established by the missions three have
- continued in existence and have developed into important
- schools of to-day: Highland College, established by the
- Presbyterians; St. Mary’s College, by the Catholics; and
- Ottawa University, by the Baptists.
-
- [9] Named after Mount Oread Seminary at Worcester, Mass., of
- which Eli Thayer was the founder and proprietor.
-
- [10] Named in honor of Amos A. Lawrence, of Boston, an
- active member of the Emigrant Aid Company.
-
- [11] It should be borne in mind that many of the Missourians
- who took such an active part in Kansas affairs were not
- representative citizens of that state, but were of the
- unprincipled and outlaw classes. Many of them were hired for
- this work.
-
- [12] Ingalls said of this period: “No time was ever so
- minutely and so indelibly photographed upon the public
- retina. The name of no State was ever on so many friendly
- and so many hostile tongues. It was pronounced in every
- political speech, and inserted in every political platform.
- No region was ever so advertised, and the impression then
- produced has never passed away.”
-
- [13] This period has given rise to the expression “bleeding
- Kansas.”
-
- [14] The origin of the word “Jayhawker” is uncertain, though
- a number of different accounts have been given of it. In
- recent years the term has come to be applied to our State
- and our people, and it is not unusual for a Kansan to be
- spoken of as a “Jayhawker.”
-
- [15] One of Hamelton’s men was brought to justice five years
- later.
-
- [16] A census taken in 1885 disclosed the fact that nearly
- 100,000 Kansans had served in the Union army.
-
- [17] The Populist party was formed as a result of the
- political unrest following the collapse of the boom. The
- Populist measures attracted widespread attention, and the
- party, in fusion with the Democrats, succeeded in electing
- Governor Lewelling in 1892 and Governor Leedy in 1896. By
- that time conditions in the State had become more settled;
- with returning prosperity the political agitation died down
- and the Populists were soon absorbed into the other parties.
- Since that time many of the measures advocated by the
- Populists have been enacted into law or are being considered
- by the people of to-day.
-
- [18] This line was at first called the Kansas Pacific.
-
- [19] See map, page 28.
-
- [20] The traveling library system in Kansas was adopted in
- 1900 and is now under state control through a Commission
- which maintains an office in the capitol at Topeka. These
- traveling libraries are made up of collections of fifty
- books each, selected in accordance with the wishes of the
- applicant. They are sent to schools, clubs, granges, and
- similar organizations without charge other than a fee of two
- dollars to cover the cost of transportation. The libraries
- may be retained six months, or exchanged at any time for
- others.
-
- [21] The place was discovered in 1875 by Mrs. Elizabeth A.
- Johnson, who later purchased the land and presented it to
- the State.
-
- [22] Died, Sept. 18, 1911.
-
- [23] Died, July 7, 1911.
-
- [24] Named Davis until 1889.
-
- [25] Named Calhoun until 1859.
-
- [26] Named Lykins until 1861.
-
- [27] Named Wise until 1859.
-
- [28] Named Weller until 1859.
-
- [29] Named Richardson before 1859.
-
- [30] The original name, Shirley, changed to Cloud in 1867.
-
- [31] Part of Dorn County until 1861. Named Neosho until
- 1867.
-
- [32] Named Breckinridge until 1862.
-
- [33] Named Dorn until 1861.
-
- [34] Originally named Hunter.
-
- [35] Originally the northern portion of Howard County.
-
- [36] First organization in 1873, later set aside as
- fraudulent.
-
- [37] First organization in 1873, later set aside as
- fraudulent.
-
- [38] Named Sequoyah until 1883.
-
-
-
-
- INDEX
-
- Abilene, 157.
- Actual Settlers’ Association, 68.
- Adams, Franklin G., 231.
- Adams, Zu, 231.
- Admission of Kansas, 98, 106.
- Agricultural College, 143, 163, 197, 201.
- Agricultural Society, 143, 163.
- Agriculture, Board of, 163.
- Agriculture, taught to the Indians, 45, 142;
- Territorial days, 142;
- during Civil War, 143;
- 1860 to 1880, 147;
- 1880 to 1887, 148;
- 1887 to 1893, 148;
- 1893 to 1918, 153;
- basis of prosperity, 171;
- in schools, 191, 195.
- Aid from the East, 106, 121.
- Air Service, 139.
- Alfalfa, 150, 151.
- Allerton, Ellen P., 233.
- Alliance, Farmers’, 161.
- Amendments to the Constitution, 136;
- to National Constitution, 137.
- Ammunition Train, 139.
- Anderson, John A., 230.
- Andreas’ History of Kansas, 233.
- Anti-cigarette Law, 136.
- Appendix, 223-250.
- Apple Crop, 160.
- Aplington, Kate A., 234.
- Argonne, 139.
- Arizona, 29.
- Arkansas City, 128.
- “Army of the North,” 89.
- Ash Creek, 37.
- Atchison, D. R., 73, 74.
- Atchison, 21, 42, 68, 168;
- county, 20.
- Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe, building of, 178, 180.
- Attorneys-General, Territorial, 236;
- State, 239.
- Auditors, Territorial, 235;
- State, 238.
- Automobile, 184.
-
- Baker University, 204, 244.
- Balance of Power, 57;
- table of, 246.
- Baptist Missions, 225.
- Barber, murder of, 83.
- Barton County, 207.
- Becknell, journey of, 29.
- Beecher, Henry Ward, 87.
- Beet Sugar Factory, 153.
- Berryman, Rev. J. C., 225.
- Bickerdyke, Mary A., 231.
- Black Jack, battle of, 86.
- Blackmar, F. W., 234.
- “Bleeding Kansas,” 91.
- Blue Lodges, 65.
- Bluemont College, 201.
- “Blue Sky” Law, 136.
- Board of Administration, 204.
- Board of Agriculture, 163.
- Bogus Legislature, 74, 76, 78, 80, 220, 223.
- Boom, 127, 148.
- Boston, 69.
- Branson, Jacob, 79, 80.
- Brewer, David J., 230.
- Brick, 167, 170.
- Broom Corn, 151.
- Brown, John, 85;
- at Pottawatomie, 86, 97;
- at Osawatomie, 86, 90;
- site of battle field, 211;
- monument, 212, 213.
- Buchanan, President, 98.
- Buffalo, 9, 18, 21, 25, 33, 36, 37, 48, 115, 123, 124, 143.
- Building Stone, 166.
- Butler County, 117, 168, 169.
-
- Cabeza de Vaca, 10, 11, 36.
- Cache, how made, 38.
- California, 29, 175;
- gold seekers, 41;
- gold fields, 41;
- Road, 42, 69;
- emigration to, 62.
- Camp Funston, 138.
- Capital, State, 99.
- Capitals, Territorial, 223.
- Capitol, State, 130.
- Carruth, William Herbert, 234.
- Carson, Kit, 41.
- Catholic priests, 16;
- missions, 49, 226.
- Cattle Trade, 157-159.
- Census, first Territorial, 78.
- Cherokee County, 166.
- Chief Justices, Territorial, 236;
- State, 240.
- Child-labor Law, 136.
- Cibola, 11.
- Cimarron Crossing, 38.
- Cimarron River, 32, 38.
- Civil War, 109-113, 115-129, 131, 143, 166.
- Clark, Esther M., 234.
- Clark, William, 20.
- Cloud County, 115.
- Coal, 166.
- Colby, 163.
- Coleman, 79.
- Colleges, list of, 244.
- College of Emporia, 204.
- Columbus, 9, 10.
- Colorado, 22, 29, 151, 153.
- Comanche Indians, 25, 33.
- Commercial Work, 195.
- Commission, Railroad, 182.
- Congressmen, 242, 243.
- Connelley, William Elsey, 234.
- Consolidated Schools, 191;
- Districts, 195.
- Constitution, Topeka, 78, 94, 223;
- Lecompton, 94, 95, 96, 223;
- Leavenworth, 96, 223;
- Wyandotte, 98, 99, 106, 223.
- Constitutions, summary of, 223.
- Corn, 156.
- Coronado, 10-14, 49;
- monument for, 213;
- sword of, 215.
- Cortez, 10, 29.
- Cotton Gin, 55.
- Council Grove, 33, 34, 72, 210.
- Counties Organized, 113, 122;
- lists of, 248-250.
- County High School, 193.
- Cowboy, 158, 159.
- Crawford County, 166.
- Crawford, Samuel J., 117, 234.
- Crops of Kansas, 147, 148.
-
- Dairying, 157.
- Daughters of American Revolution, 210.
- Democratic Party, 98.
- Denominational Schools, 204, 244.
- Denver, Governor, 97.
- Dodge City, 12, 163;
- cattle trade center, 158.
- Domestic Science, 192.
- Don Carlos, Mrs. Louise Cooke, 234.
- Doniphan County, 20.
- Douglas County, 79.
- Douglas, Stephen A., 58.
- Dow, 79.
- Drouth, 67, 104, 105, 106, 119, 127, 142, 148.
- Dugout, 102.
-
- Education, 187-206;
- see Schools.
- Eldridge, 85.
- Election, first Territorial, 72;
- second Territorial, 73.
- Electric Railways, 182, 183.
- Elwood, 176.
- Emigrant Aid Company, 63, 64, 65, 85.
- Emporia, 197.
- English, 17.
- Exodus, 125.
- Experiment Station, 163.
- Extension Work, 204.
-
- Farmers’ Alliance, 161.
- Farmers’ Educational and Cooperative Union, 163.
- Farmers’ Institutes, 162.
- Farmers’ Organizations, 160.
- Farming Implements, 143-146.
- Father Padilla, 48.
- Feterita, 153.
- Fire-escape Law, 136.
- Floods, 133.
- Foreign Settlements, 180, 181.
- Fort Dodge, 38, 52, 228.
- Fort Hays, 52, 228.
- Fort Hays Kansas Normal School, 194.
- Fort Leavenworth, 50, 52, 139, 227.
- Fort Riley, 51, 52, 72, 75, 139, 211, 212, 227.
- Fort Scott, 52, 166, 227.
- Forts, list of, 227-229.
- “Forty-niners,” 41.
- Fourth of July Creek, 21.
- France, 16, 139;
- end of claims in America, 17-18.
- Franklin, 33, 89.
- Fremont, John C., 41.
- Friends Missions, 49, 225.
- Friends University, 204.
- Funston, Fred, 129.
- Fur Traders, 47.
-
- Garden City, 153, 163.
- Gardner, 42.
- Gas, 167, 168, 171.
- Gasoline Tractor, 147.
- Geary, John W., 90, 91, 92, 94.
- Giles, F. W., 233.
- Glass, 171;
- factories, 167, 171.
- Gleed, Charles, 233.
- Glick, Geo. W., 211.
- Gold Seekers, 41, 42.
- Good Roads, 183, 193;
- federal aid, 183.
- Goss, Nathaniel S., 233.
- Governors, Territorial, 235;
- State, 237.
- Graham, Effie, 234.
- Grange, 160.
- Grasshopper Invasion, 121, 122, 127.
- Gray, Alfred, 231.
- Great American Desert, 24, 25, 29, 106, 122.
- Great Bend, 12-13.
- Great Salt Lake, 41.
- Great Seal of Kansas, 116.
- Greenwood County, 117.
- Gregg, Josiah, 34.
- Gypsum, 168, 170.
-
- Hall of Fame, 211.
- Hamelton, 97.
- Hand Planter, 143, 144.
- Hard-surfaced Roads, 184.
- Harger, Charles M., 234.
- Harris, William A., 230.
- Harvey, Henry, 225-226, 233.
- Hays, 163.
- Highland College, 49, 225.
- High Schools, accredited, 193, 195, 197;
- purpose of, 195;
- courses, 195.
- Hinton, R. J., 233.
- Historical Society, 214, 215.
- History of Kansas, 207, 221.
- Homes of Kansas, poem, 101.
- Homestead Law, 117, 118.
- Horner, Hattie, 233.
- Horses, used on Santa Fe Trail, 33.
- Horticulture, 159.
- Household Arts, 191, 195.
- Howe, E. W., 233, 234.
- Hudson, Mary W., 233.
- Hutchinson, 167, 169.
-
- Illinois, 64.
- Immigration, 64, 65, 67, 88, 105-106, 115, 117-118, 122, 129, 180,
- 181.
- Independence, 33.
- Independence Creek, 21.
- Indiana, 64.
- Indian Territory, 46.
- Indians, 9, 20, 21, 22, 55, 72, 135;
- tribes of, 25;
- and traders, 31;
- experience with, 38;
- possessed Kansas, 45-53;
- reservations, 46;
- taught in missions, 49;
- removal of, 45-46;
- raids, 109, 115, 117;
- as farmers, 142;
- raised corn, 156.
- Industrial Training, 195.
- Industries of Kansas, 142-171.
- Ingalls, John J., 87, 211, 218, 233.
- Inman, Henry, 233, 234.
- Institutions, State, 244, 245.
- Insurance, Superintendents of, 241.
- Interstate Commerce Commission, 182.
- Interurban Lines, 183.
- Iowa, 64, 88, 89.
- “Iron Trail,” 179.
- Irrigation, 149.
- Irving, Washington, 24.
- Irwin, Rev. S. M., 225.
-
- Jayhawkers, 96.
- Jefferson, President, 17, 20.
- Jesuits, 16, 48.
- Johnson, Mrs. Elizabeth A., 209.
- Johnson, Rev. Thomas, 50, 225.
- Johnson, William, 225.
- Joliet, 16.
- Jones, Sheriff, 79, 81, 83.
- Junction City, 13.
- Juvenile Courts, 136.
-
- Kafir Corn, 151.
- Kansas, admission of, 98, 106.
- Kansas City, 39, 50, 65, 66, 68, 112, 133, 166, 167, 174, 177.
- Kansas History, in the making, 221.
- Kansas-Nebraska Bill, 58, 63.
- Kansas Pacific Railroad, 177.
- Kansas Spirit, 217-221.
- Kansas Territory, map, 56;
- organization, 58.
- Kansas To-day, 135, 136.
- Kanza Indians, 25, 33, 45.
- Kaw Indians, same as Kanza Indians.
- King, Henry, 233.
- Kingman, Samuel A., 230.
-
- La Croix, Father, 226.
- Land Grants, 180.
- Lane, James H., 78, 79, 87, 89, 99.
- La Salle, 16.
- Lawrence, 65, 68, 79, 80, 83, 88, 99, 167;
- sacking of, 83;
- defense of, 91;
- Quantrill raid, 111;
- floods, 133, 135.
- Lawrence, Amos A., 67.
- Lead and Zinc, 167.
- Leavenworth, 42, 68, 168.
- Leavenworth Constitution, 96, 166, 223.
- Lecompton, 68, 69, 88, 95.
- Lecompton Constitution, 94, 95, 223.
- Leedy, Governor, 161.
- Legislature, Bogus, 74, 76, 79, 80;
- second Territorial, 94.
- Legislature, first Free-state, 95.
- Legislatures, summary of, 223.
- Length of school term, 187, 190.
- Lerrigo, Dr. C. H., 234.
- Lewelling, Governor, 161.
- Lewis and Clark, expedition of, 20-21, 25.
- Lieutenant-Governors, 237.
- Lincoln, 110.
- Lindsborg, 181.
- Linn County, 97, 112.
- Live Stock, 156-159.
- Locomotive, invention of, 174;
- old and modern, 182.
- Long, Major, 24.
- Louisiana, naming of, 16;
- purchase of, 17, 20, 45, 57;
- exploration of, 20.
- Lykins, Dr. David, 225.
- Lykins, Dr. Johnson, 225.
-
- Manhattan, 68, 69, 177, 200, 201.
- Manual Training, 191, 192.
- Manual Training Normal School, 198, 201.
- Manufactures, 165.
- Marais des Cygnes Massacre, 97, 212.
- Marion County, 117.
- Markham, Thomas B., 225.
- Marne, Battle of the, 139.
- Marquette, 16.
- Marysville, 176.
- Mason, Walt, 234.
- McCarter, Margaret Hill, 234.
- McCoy, Rev. Isaac, 49, 225.
- McCoy, Joseph G., 233.
- McKeever, W. A., 234.
- Meat Packing, 166, 181.
- Meeker, Jotham, 49, 225.
- Memorial Hall, 2, 213, 214.
- Memorials of Kansas, 207-215.
- Mendenhall, Rev. M., 226.
- Mennonites, 156, 180.
- Methodist Missions, 49, 50, 225.
- Mexico, 17, 21, 29;
- war with, 40, 50.
- Miller, Sol, 101.
- Milling, 165, 181.
- Milo, 153.
- Mine Creek, 112.
- Mineral Resources, 166.
- Minneola, 223.
- Mirage, 40.
- Missionaries, 47, 48, 49, 142.
- Missions, 53, 142;
- established, 49, 50;
- list of, 225, 226.
- Missouri Compromise, 57, 58, 246.
- Missouri River closed to free-state immigration, 88.
- Montgomery, James, 96.
- Monuments, 210-214.
- Moody, Joel, 233.
- Morgan, Wm. Y., 234.
- Mormons, 41, 52.
- Mormon Trail, 42.
- Mortgages, 128.
- Motor Trucks, 184.
- Mounds, 112.
- Mount Oread, 67, 203.
- Munger, Mrs. Dell H., 234.
- Music, 191, 195.
- Mutual Benefit Association, 160.
-
- Narvaez, 10.
- National Army, 138, 139.
- National Government, protected traders, 32;
- sent out Fremont, 41;
- removal policy of, 45;
- established Fort Leavenworth, 50, 52.
- National Guard, 139.
- Nebraska, 25, 42, 88, 89, 153.
- Neosho Valley, 33.
- Nevada, 29.
- New England Emigrant Aid Company, first party, 65;
- second party, 67;
- third and fourth parties, 68.
- New Mexico, 11, 21, 29, 39.
- New Spain, 10, 11, 14.
- Nichols, Mrs. C. I. H., 231.
- Nineteenth Kansas, 117.
- Normal Schools, 196, 197, 198, 199, 201, 203, 204, 244.
- Northern Route to Kansas, 88.
- Nurses in World War, 139.
-
- Officers, Territorial, 235, 236;
- State, 237-243.
- Officers’ Training Camps, 139.
- Ohio, 64.
- Oil, 167, 168, 169.
- Oklahoma, 24, 46, 59, 167;
- opening of, 128.
- “Old Mill,” 144.
- Oregon, Emigrants to, 41.
- Oregon Trail, 42.
- Organization of Kansas Territory, 55-59.
- Osage County, 166.
- Osage Indians, 21, 25, 33, 34, 45, 225.
- Osawatomie, 85;
- pillaged, 86;
- burned, 90.
- Ottawa University, 49, 204.
- Oxen, 33.
-
- Pack Mules, 31.
- Padilla, Father, 48.
- Padoucas, 25.
- Paine, Albert Bigelow, 233, 234.
- Panic of 1893, 129, 153.
- Patrons of Husbandry, 160.
- Pawnee Capitol, 51, 75, 212.
- Pawnee Fork, 37.
- Pawnee Indians, 13, 22, 25, 33, 37;
- village, 21, 209.
- Pawnee Rock, 36, 37, 207, 209.
- Pawnee, town of, 75.
- Peck, George R., 233.
- Peffer, William A., 233.
- Peery, Rev. E. T., 225.
- Pennsylvania, 64.
- People’s Party, 161.
- Phillips, William A., 233.
- Pierce, President, 62.
- Pike’s Peak, 22.
- Pike, Zebulon Montgomery, 21-23, 25, 29, 30, 209.
- Pioneer life, 102-107, 122, 123, 124.
- Pioneer Schools, 189, 190.
- Pipe Lines, 167, 168.
- Plumb, Preston B., 230.
- Pomeroy, Samuel C., 67;
- made Senator, 99.
- Pony Express, 175.
- Popular Sovereignty, 58, 73.
- Population of Kansas, 1854, 53;
- 1855, 73;
- 1859, 105;
- 1865, 113.
- Populist Party, 161.
- Portland Cement, 167, 170.
- Pottawatomie Massacre, 86, 97.
- Prentis, Noble L., 232, 233.
- Presbyterian Missions, 49, 225.
- Price Raid, 112.
- Printers, State, 240, 241.
- Prohibition Amendment, 136, 220;
- National, 137.
- Public Instruction, Superintendents of, 240.
- Public Utilities Commission, 182;
- law, 136.
-
- Quantrill Raid, 111;
- loss from, 112;
- monument, 214.
- Quivera, poem, 8.
- Quivira, land of, 11, 13;
- Indians, 25, 48.
-
- Railroad Commission, 182.
- Railroads, 127, 148, 174-183;
- first one in Kansas, 176;
- Kansas advertised by, 180;
- relation to industries, 181;
- regulation of, 182;
- mileage, 181.
- Rainbow Division, 139.
- Realf, Richard, 233.
- Redpath, James, 233.
- Reeder, Andrew H., 72, 75, 78, 87.
- Regiments of Kansas soldiers, 117, 129.
- Regulation of Railroads, 182.
- Reign of Violence, 83-92.
- Removal Policy, 49.
- Republican Party, 98.
- Republic County, 21, 115, 209.
- Richardson, Albert D., 233.
- “Rifle Christians,” 87.
- Road Materials, 184.
- Robinson, Dr. Charles, 67, 78, 79, 187, 233;
- home burned, 85;
- held prisoner, 88;
- first Governor, 99.
- Robinson, Mrs. Sara T. D., 231, 233.
- Ross, Edmund G., 231.
- Round Mound, 39.
- Rural Schools, pioneer, 189;
- modern, 190, 191.
-
- Sacramento, 41.
- Salt, 169.
- Salt Lake, 175, 176.
- Salt Lake Trail, 69.
- San Francisco, 175, 176.
- Santa Fe, city, 29, 30, 40, 175.
- Santa Fe Trail, 29-41, 174, 179;
- map of, 28;
- length of, 33, 42;
- marking of, 210.
- Schoenmaker, Rev., 226.
- Schools, established by missions, 49;
- Territorial, 187;
- first in Lawrence, 187;
- subscription, 187;
- length of term, 187;
- during Civil War, 188;
- pioneer schools, 190;
- rural, 191, 193;
- consolidated, 191;
- high schools, 193;
- State, 196-205, 244;
- “Standard,” “Superior,” 191;
- for blind, 203;
- for deaf, 203;
- denominational, 204, 244.
- School Teachers, qualifications, 191.
- Scott, Charles F., 233.
- Seal of State, 116.
- Secretaries, Territorial, 235;
- State, 238.
- Senate, 55.
- Senators, United States, 241.
- Seven Cities of Cibola, 11.
- Shannon, Wilson, 76, 80, 86, 89.
- Shawnee Indians, 50.
- Shawnee Mission, 50;
- as capital, 75.
- Sheldon, Charles M., 233, 234.
- Simmerwell, Rev. Robert, 225.
- Slavery in United States, 57, 63.
- Slaves, 62, 63, 73, 74.
- Smith, F. Dumont, 234.
- Snow, Francis Huntington, 230.
- Sod Corn, 144.
- Sod House, 105.
- Sod Schoolhouse, 189.
- Soldiers, 41, 47, 213;
- furnished by Kansas, 109.
- Song of the Kansas Emigrant, 61.
- Sorghum Crops, 148, 151.
- Soudan Grass, 151.
- Southeastern Kansas, 96.
- Southern Aid, 88.
- Southwestern University, 204.
- Spain, 9, 13, 17.
- Spanish-American War, 129.
- Speer, John, 233.
- Spring, L. W., 233.
- Squatter Sovereignty, 58.
- Stage Lines, 174, 175.
- State Capitol, 130.
- State Fair, Leavenworth, 143.
- Steele, James W., 233.
- St. John, Governor, 136.
- St. Joseph, 42, 175, 176.
- St. Mary’s College, 49.
- St. Mihiel, 139.
- Stockyards, 154.
- Stone, building, 166;
- quarry, 170.
- Stringfellow, B. F., 74.
- Sugar Beets, 153.
- Superintendents of Public Instruction, Territorial, 236;
- State, 240.
- Supplies Taken by Traders, 33.
- Swedish Settlements, 181.
- Sweet Clover, 151.
- Sword, old Spanish, 215.
-
- Tank Cars, 168.
- Teacher Training, 195.
- Tecumseh, 89.
- Telegraph, 176, 182.
- Telephone, 123, 182.
- Territorial Officers, 235, 236.
- Territory, government of, 72.
- Texas, 18, 23, 159.
- Thayer, Eli, 63, 65.
- The Caches, 38.
- The Three R’s, 189, 191.
- The “2700,” 91, 92.
- Tomlinson, W. P., 233.
- Topeka, 68, 69, 88, 99, 133, 135, 167.
- Topeka Constitution, 78, 94, 223.
- Topeka Movement, 223.
- Trading Post Ford, 112.
- Trading Posts, 47, 53.
- Trail Markers, 210.
- Trails, Santa Fe, 29-41;
- Oregon, 42;
- California, 42, 69;
- Mormon, 42;
- Salt Lake, 69.
- Trappers, 125.
- Traveling Libraries, 204.
- Treasurers, Territorial, 236;
- State, 238-239.
- Truancy Law, 136, 190.
- Turk, 11.
- Twentieth to Twenty-third Kansas Regiments, 129.
-
- Underflow, 151.
- Union Pacific Railroad, 157, 176, 177, 178, 213.
- University of Kansas, 65, 197, 202, 203, 204.
- Utah, 29.
-
- Van Quickenborn, Father, 226.
-
- Wagons, used on Trail, 31, 39.
- Wakarusa War, 79-81.
- Walker, Governor, arrival of, 94;
- resigned, 97.
- War, Civil, 107, 109-113, 129, 131;
- French and Indian, 17;
- Revolutionary, 17;
- Spanish-American, 129;
- World, 137, 183.
- Ware, Eugene F., 208, 232, 234.
- Washburn College, 204, 244.
- Wattles, Willard, 234.
- Wellhouse, Frederick, 231.
- Wellington, 167.
- Western Kansas, 148, 149, 180.
- Westport, 33, 42, 79, 112.
- Wheat, 152, 155, 156.
- White, William Allen, 234.
- Wichita, 167.
- Wilder, Daniel W., 232, 233.
- Windmill, at Lawrence, 144;
- irrigation, 149.
- Winter of 1855-’56, 83.
- Woman’s Kansas Day Club, 207.
- Woman’s Relief Corps, 211.
- Woman Suffrage, 137.
- Wood, S. N., 87.
- Woodson, Daniel, 75;
- opened Kansas to invaders, 90.
- Woodward, Brinton W., 233.
- World War, 137, 183.
- Writers, Kansas, 233, 234.
- Wyandotte Constitution, 98, 106, 223.
-
- Zinc Smelters, 167.
-
-
-
-
- * * * * * *
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s note:
-
-Inconsistent hyphenation, dialect, obsolete and alternative
-spellings were left unchanged.
-
-Footnotes were renumbered sequentially and moved to the end of the
-book, preceding the Index. There are two anchors to Footnotes 36 and
-37.
-
-The following were changed:
-
- Changed comma to stop at end of index entry: Democratic Party, 98.
-
- Added stop to end of caption: Illustration: STAGE COACH.
-
- Added descriptor to illustrations:
- Bust of Abraham Lincoln
- Great Seal of the State of Kansas
- Bust of Eugene Ware
- Bust of John J. Ingalls
-
- Added names of Governors to captions.
-
- Corrected spelling: ecomomics to economics.
-
- Removed space from Wa Keeney in appendix.
-
-
-
-***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HISTORY OF KANSAS***
-
-
-******* This file should be named 65593-0.txt or 65593-0.zip *******
-
-
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/6/5/5/9/65593
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-